Home

Service manual

Contents

1. Specification amp performance 29 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 I d d 22 120 CRUS 56 eulos a 2 a Eo Liquid side The connected pipe diameter 012 7 Gauge point Detect the pressure Refrigerant replenishment Oil balancer For parallel connect the modular units Gas side The connected pipe diameter 525 4 N eS 195 Enlarged view for 8HP 10HP LL
2. SSoJppe owes e 195 UJ9 S S ui sny 0 0 5 5 y sseJppe Aq eq spun sJejoujuoo ezi egjuso amp 9L JOSUUOD UCD Jejnduioo 1 ejnduuoo 5 jeu y UBYM pesn y pue euj 22254 Ius S uoiuM 94 9JON 2 i 1 Joopu yun soopu i ol i 1 I 2 C 1 E I da 2 1 amp e se siun JOODUI 1 i T 001 S pue Joopu yun jo souRjsisey lI xog Tem gt i gt i UOZ S pue s
3. Selecte the corresponding wire group referto the wre selecting instruction 6 2 3 Operation description 1 Connect 5 place terminal at fixed rated wired controller via 5 terminals A B C D and E 2 Connect LCD at main control panel of indoor unit via terminals REV C D and E 3 Upon wiring according to the wiring diagram in Please power to the wired controller and switch on it When card has been inserted between in COM1 and GND air conditioner is turn on and its operation mode could be set the director lamp at wired controller is light up 4 When no card has been inserted between in COM1 and GND i e It not be short connected the ON OFF button of wired controller cannot start air conditioner but two beeps of air conditioner closed down signals be giving out and no lamp is light up at wired controller 5 User must apply wired controller to turn on air conditioner and set operation modes every time power is input After then operation modes of this performance would be memorized although took off card and then insert it on again as long as power does not be cut off from main unit i e air conditioner will turn off when card is took off while insert it on again unit will perform as per the last setting Notice the first start up of main unit and mode setting must apply
4. DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A On line condition matrix table of AC 0 63 5 Date time 12 Remote controller locking Does not respond signal from remote controller Run mode 13 Heating mode locking only heating mode is effective 7 Weekly timer off 14 Cooling mode locking only cooling mode is effective 3 2 3 LCD icon tome ol Heating mode Fan speed 0 UL eat auxiliary heating 8 qos cool mode Wireless controller lock br mnes Lock heat mode Weekly timer off All units are selected Online protect Error Set temp mm Temp of the middle of Temp of the outlet of the evaporator condenser Control system 221 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Lat dem em The main interface of the weekly timer central controller user interface 1 Under the other pages press Cancel fo return to the main interface 2 Under the other pages automatically return to the main interface when no operation for a period of time 3 The main interface displays the on line condition of the indoor unit Sixty one indoor units are on line JS Mode Online 00 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 t1 12 13 t4 15
5. os pem we NEIN Lr c pem pes 11 8 50 72 10 77 47 86 10 06 45 00 9 36 15 13 7 50 72 10 16 47 86 9 49 45 00 8 84 43 57 9 01 42 14 8 68 39 29 8 01 43 57 8 52 42 14 8 20 39 29 7 59 mn om mas sz war 12 Lus se zer we wm wm 3 7 40 93 13 15 40 93 13 41 40 50 13 47 39 07 12 93 37 79 12 41 35 22 11 39 ow s s m xe ez nm se na m a 22 se ws or 120 1071 109 oar s se nae sor 95 sr 3522 04 se 4060 os aos ses 3522 os se n or 946 sor sr 3522 756 or se so sor 050 706 sor rsa Css 34w 19 06 340 1349 1846 or esr sz 3600 wer set Ls esr 329 104 2600 ses 825 s esr se 027 7369 7888 652 s s 7s os
6. 90 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 Specifications Em pee Deer 8 mw mew Me _ Seplesser input W 10340 90 2 10340 90 2 10340 90Hz 3665 60Hz m _ __ w ms _ woa _ sme _ maa ParasoiciMdec _ mme __ LLL a _____ __ __ _ Fan Quantities Dimension Dia xH mm 700x202 700x202 560x189 Tube MK UE oW 22x19 22x19 22x19 Fin type code L Hydrophilic aluminum Hydrophilic aluminum Hydrophilic aluminum Outdoor coil Tube outside dia omm 7 94 7 94 7 94 Coil length x height mm 1985x1232 1985x1232 2270x1232 Outdoorairflow Outdoorairflow flow 1242 1242 OR 0 20 0 20 mm 0 20 RNC mmn P 20 40 20 40 optional 20 60 optional Specification amp performance 23 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Dimension WxHxD mm 960 1615 765 960 1615 765 1250 1615 765 Outdoor unit Packing WxHxD 1025x1790x830 1025x1790x830 1305x1790x820 Charged refrigerant type and volume R410A 10kg R410A 10kg R410A 12kg Excessive operating pr
7. Cor o os eso wn 12 exo 16 ess o 10 986 13 eso 12H 3 1 4 2 Nitrogen filling for protecting copper pipe during brazing welding 1 Purpose Avoid oxide scale from appearing on the inner wall of the copper pipe in the high temp 2 Risks of non protective welding If no sufficient nitrogen is charged into the refrigerant pipe being welded oxides will be generated on the inner wall of the copper pipe These oxides will block the refrigerant system which will lead to all kinds of malfunctions such as burn out the compressor poor cooling efficiency To avoid these problems charge nitrogen continuously into the refrigerant pipe during the brazing welding and ensure that the nitrogen passes through the operating point until the welding is completed and the copper pipe cools down completely The schematic diagram for nitrogen charging is shown below 1 4 zy ming welding part copper pipe d valve NM uM x T E copper pip nitrogen charging high pressure flexible pipe Nene nitrogen charg j copper pipe fitting nitrogen charging connecting fitting 3 Making Nitrogen Charging Pipe Joint When welding the pipe joint connect the nitrogen charging joint to the pipe fittings to be welded The nitrogen charging joint is shown below the pipe connected with nitrogen gas cylinder
8. s s Wumeewo s se ss ee ss e e e e e e e s 6 e _ v 72 jeee General Information MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 5 Capacity Range of Indoor Units DEX t One way Cassette Two way Cassette Compact Four way Cassette Four way Cassette Type Low Static N N Middle Static NI N High Static N N Pressure Du pene eling amp m 1 Floor standing Pun IP P PRESENTS os oe oo e ato so NININININ Fr 12 General Information DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 External Appearance and Model Names of Indoor Units External Appearance One way cassette ptm lt gt Compact four wa
9. CO u r T IN C JN J i e J amp r g CY LO I C d z Y 4 Y Specification amp performance 3l DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Liquid sid
10. High Speed 1 Under the main interface display the parameter setting interface of single weekly timer 2 Automatically return to the main interface if no operation is performed for a period of time 3 Under this page set the weekly timer parameters of single air conditioner including startup time shutdown time the running mode of this period temperature and wind speed 4 One air conditioner can be at most set with four periods in one day from Monday to Sunday Set temp Mode H CYT os 06 07 os ro 11 12 13 zie fees 37 39 40 42 43 44 45 53 61 1 mw 33 Week Won 49 so 52 53 54 55 58 57 58 59 63 SS a LR RRE i e Unified setting interface of the weekly timer central controller 1 Under the main interface press to display the unified setting interface 2 Automatically return to the main interface if no operation is performed for a period of time Control system 223 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 3 Set the running mode of all air conditioners under this page including mode temperature and Fan speed All indoor Set unsuccessful
11. ox s e pm em on om zem 56 oe pe ee ees on so 54 zem oar Note 1 is shown as reference 2 heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 86 Specification amp performance 8 Sound Levels Standard of testing Test value E n B i ED BI 3 is e a ur lt a pc 50 EB Pen dq gi Ej 5 dua 228 EDO 5 EE 2 1 H 2 LI D FL n 30 T E 20 m L L E Xil y lignis of while sound 53 TELETT TETTITL ETE EGET LEE TEL ELIT LI 0002 p v Sound pressure level dB 048 0 0002 bar Sound pressure d ma m cu PS IS KI aN j en Amm mn mem Fen Ba a s wu SN
12. EI 9 00 Main control broad NET ADDRESS MUMS La Yel low Green I I Yellow Br own 1 Blue Black a I DIDI m X kr UN TN TB m 95 6 STI Note Y reprsents for systen 1 A system 2 8 systen 202095190693 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 37 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Wiring Diagram For 12 18HP wm mmm a Outdoor Temp sensor TI Discharge Temp sensor of inverter compressor ve TNT T1 T2 gt 5 un T HL TET 10 Ole HEAT Wi Crankcase heater DSP and DSP2 display content oft Main control board Outdoor unit Error ET ADDRESS NS Phase protection 8 3 5 1 elu 8 EB 11 setting doesn t ratch the capacity m Gr een Yellow rom Y g nit ees Of outdoor unit decreases error LT TII 3 tines of PY protection in 60 minutes Lon pressure sensor error huiliary unit error stands for auxiliary unit error COML Error with indoor unit THE SETTING OF S11 15 ALTER DISCRETIONI
13. pam sse re sor ros some sae er soo eus ser se osm ace s2 050 ew se 512 orm se eus ss se 520 sss arro om e oo s2 osm soo su vus sm see ves os a0 610 om Lm ars sss em arro 4645 C a mer esr sem es eue esr lt EE TC Specification amp performance 81 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 23 57 5 08 28 21 32 68 7 62 35 00 8 31 37 32 9 07 41 79 10 67 46 43 12 40 s ew an em e oor rei on Lx ms zz ses r32 voor es as ms zz ses sas ser sm vss eus 4645 ere za sm ves es 4645 are ar sm ser oror 3952 5
14. se me em zm eo em m se 4s 2450 584 2610 08 2690 29e 715 2040 722 Ls ume pee ae em sm 7m me m re rar sm zm er zr re 765 2757 2808 217 76 as 2080 se 2480 680 roo 2689 775 2748 776 195 ors 613 as 2278 400 2726 498 2860 562 2898 571 259 567 2994 617 3017 596 we prm 26 zm ss mm seu pe 18 90 2 22 22 50 2 68 26 20 3 19 28 00 3 44 29 80 3 71 33 50 4 22 35 40 4 38 18 90 2 25 22 50 2 71 26 20 3 22 28 00 3 48 29 80 3 75 33 50 4 29 35 40 4 43 L 3 me pem 26 pam sem se sm ew sa zs 25 2620 2300 sss 2000 384 440 3540 455 e 34 2050 288 2620 a0 2000 42 2250 er 2620 2800 368 2000 3 ss 350 100 18 90 2 67 22 50 3 25 26 20 3 99 28 00 4 40 29 80 4 82 32 20 5 36 32 90 5 41 eo 20 220 2800 seo 240 85 261 2050 2620 58 20 00 sos 2000 55 3 2 ses 3 0 590 en 2250 39 2620 280 540 5 30 150 ro 1 239 2
15. 0 Fig 8 00 15 ON Power connector of the U OFF central controller 220V AC pper cover COM ON COM Emergency open switch used to start up all air conditioners OFF COM Emergent stop switch used to shut down all air conditioners Communication interface with indoor interface Fig Connecting diagram of network based air conditioning system There are two types of indoor units namely indoor unit with external network interface module on the main control board or built in network interface module in the main control board Control system 235 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en The shielded wire must be reliable grounded Matching resistance of communication end is 1200 Matching resistance of communication end is 1200 One centralized controller can be connected to 64 indoor units as a maximum 0 0000 0000 00 Centralized controller 236 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 Gateway NT M INTERFACE see ee MD LonGW64 E MD CCMO08 E GateWay01 E IMM441V4PA512 4 1 Lonworks BMS gateway MD LonGW64 E The new LonWorks gateway MD LonGW64 E has been compliance with Lonworks standard and can be connected up to 64 indoor units to the LonWorks network directly It can connect multiple refrigeration systems and do not need to connect CCMO3 For full V5 system can be connected C
16. 10 20 30 40 50 Static pressure 98 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 10 Accessories 10 1 Standard accessories MN Quanti HL Outdoor unit owners manual Be sure to deliver it to the customer Indoor unit owner s manual unit owner s manual Be sure to deliver it to the customer sure Be sure to deliver it to the customer deliver it to the customer a Toggling flathead screw For toggling of indoor and outdoor units 5 Gauge point subassembly 0 point subassembly For purpose of airtight test units purpose of air For purpose of airtight test units test units s _ Ip EM s the qty of 12 14HP are 2 Connect to the air pipe side use when it is needed 10 2 Optional accessories Optional FQZHW 02N1 02N1 Branch Joint of outdoor side FQZHW 03N1 FQZHW 04N1 FQZHN 01 Distribute the refrigerant to indoor units and balance the resistance between each outdoor unit FQZHN 02 Branch Joint of FQZHN 03 indoor side 04 FQZHN 05 05 Outdoor controller MD CCMO2 E the outdoor operating parameter 202301600580 Three phase DPA51CM44 To stop the air conditioner running in case of bad power supply such as Phase Error electricity power or Over voltage Under voltage lose phase lost and phase sequence inverse Thus to protect the
17. o e 25 zuo 204 2525 zo 2677 394 5280 50 L s pee es pnm se pae se we sep ar sam pam se 2528 ae 2100 zer se ses es as pex 2523 sse zo 60 2677 660 230 2584 Ls ee aem pm em em nr Specification amp performance A oo o N o DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 18 16 4 80 21 70 6 01 25 23 7 14 27 00 7 78 28 77 8 48 32 30 10 09 35 84 11 67 L as 16 se zum ex 2525 ras 2100 sor 277 ss 2 0 ee ee RECON 15 19 2 14 18 16 2 48 21 05 2 85 22 50 2 98 23 95 3 14 26 84 3 58 29 89 3 85 L s ness s pane s zs sw sm ser sm mes sm 222 260 2106 208 250 2855 320 284 370 2000 405 _ e se 22 260 2106 oe 250 29 284 385 428_ 59 zx 27 2106 2250 265 2594 301 2000 aa 257 pm zu su 2280 ss ze 303 442 0 s ze 2106 aso 2250 2395 2084 2000 59 a2 512 2106 eo 250 679 205 69 268 2000 See Note 1 is sh
18. sae o ore One _ wem s osi _ ums zer oem t _ 176 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter DM13 01 01 01en Attached table 2 Resistance value of compressor discharge temperature sensor Temperature Resistance Resistance Resistance i Resistance value kQ value kQ value kQ value kQ 430 5 57 37 11 79 3 296 Lu owe o we on ws 3m _ 3s ams sum 395 _ m aes en e 294 _ xs 2 en o e 25 _ e aw s _ a zs a m n sme m _ s m 20 _ 4 s m ses m 289 os 249 zws ss so ns 24m _ sm a _ a m n 224 a rm 329 ws x om o wos 4 w ese 3 ms m s ee m _ ws e ms 29 3 ws 4 m ems _ 4 wr u ze u eos _ s ze su m s um Me _ Co 4
19. Los ss rae sas rs e oo s232 or sono roo raos Ls sre rer sew e Tore es sos ess Tas sss en ow 1076 vs so paz 625 sou soe eomm esr eros ser sars sosi o0 s sos aue eov eroe ror sars e _ ser so eer eomm 719 eroe roe sors err sos 060 NECEM JE AL JEOE OE GE IC AE IE I 80 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 30 36 4 88 36 25 42 14 7 00 4500 7 56 47 86 8 13 53 75 9 29 58 75 10 57 L 5 so s oo a see err feo pos viae SB gap rz vem sro e em arse or sm sese aree oer eem arse es som soo 625 ares sor sse eon arse sss som seo ee 645 aree ras 26 96 4 25 32 14 5 10 37 32 6 02 40 00 6 48 42 68 6 96 47 86 7 96 53 04 8 95 e ames soo res mos on pae sse sim arae ros eas aras
20. S PN TTA NATTE p cia i z 7 HE EET E F Fi kt 4 4 Fi P 1 L 4 j I 1 F j lt T Audibility limits of continuous white sound H E 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 lares of onhnuous while sound Specification amp performance 87 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 9 Outdoor Fan performance 8 10HP Curve diagram of static pressure air flow volume Air pressure curve diagram take down the mesher Air volume m h 16600 16400 16200 16000 15800 15600 15400 15200 10 20 30 40 50 Static pressure Pa 12HP Curve diagram of static pressure air flow volume Air pressure curve diagram Air volume m3 h take down the mesher 14200 14000 13800 13600 13400 13200 13000 12800 12600 0 20 40 60 80 otatic pressure Pa 14 16 18HP Curve diagram of static pressure air flow volume Air pressure curve diagram Air volume m h take down mesher 12800 12600 12400 12200 12000 11800 11600 11400
21. 408 5797 409 saa 945 as ses ou ao 406 408 5542 5657 412 000 ses en sss 5223 992 sacs 997 1003 6512 1012 6657 1022 m ses se ster 1015 s271 1021 s335 1026 1037 5625 1046 ses so sss sz 1082 1087 5256 1072 1083 1000 ses res o 1021 6046 1mo s110 vo ster mz ses se ao 1092 1156 5046 162 1 wer 5256 5400 1192 fa NES 7 ER NEN 130 3954 se 4698 1235 2821 1249 4002 1256 1262 s110 1276 5255 1290 os 183 as aser aser ar10 1507_ as os 4615 1476 4550 4626 1686 48 39 54 11 32 44 36 10 91 48 11 11 32 49 00 11 22 49 40 11 28 49 18 11 27 50 08 12 17 0 36 48 5 33 43 39 6 44 50 47 7 65 54 00 8 23 56 57 8 69 57 86 8 91 59 14 9 07 e 3648 545 4339 664 047 790 9400 848 5657 5786 907 914 s 3648 550 4339 671 047 5400 859 5657 902 5786 918 so r 547 eas sse
22. 1026 an 4m 406 1675 ser 1626 335 Note 1 is shown as reference 2 heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 64 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 14HP cooling mode Indoor temperature C WB Outdoor DB 20 8WB 14 DB 23 3 WB 16 DB 25 8 WB 18 DB 27 WB 19 DB 28 2WB 20 DB 30 7 WB 22 DB 32WB24 temperature C Bee sie ee X Capacity index 3514 498 atse 609 4857 696 S043 5226 723 5348 5489 755 p per MEN 6 so 625 ser 730 rao 5162 5280 7 amp 2 se 67 906 were on 4671 915 4800 924 4925 em mes ari 4485 946 950 956 975 _ a 32 4428 985 aes oor 4671 1007 4800 1017_ su re o 1025 1031 4485 1037 1048 aras 1056 99 aro esr 194 4228 202 4343 1216 seri 48 35 14 9 66 39 43 9 31 42 76 9 66 4
23. 1365 on menm s ew e 1987 pm wo pum 33 43 9 71 39 86 12 53 43 72 14 20 44 36 14 28 45 00 14 35 46 13 14 49 47 41 14 63 33 43 9 81 39 86 12 63 43 37 14 30 44 01 14 38 44 66 14 45 45 54 14 59 45 98 14 73 esr ses 1276 aser was vase 4528 1606 m sm am ast puse pese pen se pem pam se se 30 38 4 21 36 16 5 07 42 11 6 02 45 00 6 50 47 89 7 02 53 84 7 98 56 89 8 29 30 38 4 25 36 16 5 12 42 11 6 09 45 00 6 58 47 89 7 08 53 84 8 12 56 89 8 38 L pss as sse pss asm 667 ars sr 628 ann 625 677 arso sage 801 s 443 635 es o arse 736 aaa 5680 874 s 3038 s 366 se nn 645 696 arso 657 2038 so eos xw soo arse sso 100 30 38 5 05 36 16 6 14 42 11 7 55 45 00 8 31 47 89 9 12 51 75 10 14 52 88 10 22 sss ess sir 450 sso arso str 1050 8207 1000 038 ss ess aes 955 arse 1047 som 5143 115 fare 526 asi 9753 586 5 ses
24. 925 ws om aos oror m 3952 zer som sos oror 3952 pee zer or sm oror 462 see sz 3952 s02 aee sm oror ses 3982 oor 20 18 4 05 24 11 4 90 28 04 5 88 30 00 6 40 31 97 6 94 35 89 8 07 39 82 9 31 a mee zer soo eso eso aso pes ze as az zm se mer ser mer sz sem 300 se zm aso 2001 om zer ew sz Ls pes 2er 2 zm ser mer sz ee 200 roe zer 2002 NN NL IC ee ee ee e ee 82 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Note 1 is shown as reference 2 cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 46 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 Itis recommended to connect less than 130 Specification amp performance 83 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 18HP heating mode Indoor temperature C WB Combination Outdoor temperature C PE T xw ae aw ue o o o
25. os se ss soe 750 sso 722 s240 3020 63 5 e7 oe 3020 560 os m ace 2400 s2 2400 23 23 874 Specification amp performance 55 W MIV V5 Heat rump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 5 6 27 50 8 33 27 40 8 54 27 40 8 76 27 30 8 85 27 30 8 96 27 20 9 18 ome pss ome prm omm se oem em oem o m 9 xs sor 2050 ses zs 793 s so ss sos 727 2050 2 642 s m Dam we pre prn me Dem mm ee 13 7 35 50 6 85 33 50 6 40 31 50 5 96 30 50 5 75 29 50 5 53 27 50 5 12 19 8 19 96 7 37 19 86 7 63 19 86 7 89 19 77 8 02 19 77 8 16 19 77 8 41 os m sz 2 2006 2005 ses 4s sss 2 4 000 or ser sos 2835 aco 2605 6 2005 759 0 0 7 31 05 9 13 30 15 8 90 28 35 8 25 27 35 7 92 26 45 7 61 24 66 6 99 pos o e ss e omes 2735 642 2646 618 570 s 7s e 725 sss 676 2835 245 58 538 os so 682 306 esr 2835 s94 2725 s78 245 55 510 Ls m oem Dre we em tx em
26. yun Joopu yun Joopu yun pezijegueDJeuo i O39 o 1 uonounf og uonounf xog uonounr i 2 o E 5 H AIX i 2 coc E ix 1 L 1 T Caste SETTE i x OOZL S pue 7 C gt eq jo eouejsiseJ i 8JIM pepierus 941 i 2 lt m i ZEZSH G8vSy l e o O lt 1 gt 5555 WOO Jejnduoo 2 10 9 OU ZCCS i ESSI 5 1 gt CMM ae C Pd 219 please confirm that every CCMO3 s address is different with each other Notes Before starting the network Control system MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 3 2 Weekly schedule timer centralized controller 9 MD CCMO9 E is designed base on the CCMO3 max 64 indoor units control weekly schedule timer function With the function above CCMO9 E can t be connected to the network control system And actually it does not have the port F1 F2 E which are needed if connects to the computer gt days Weekly schedule setting Maximum 128 weekly amp daily schedules Max 64 indoor units group control or individual setting Clear and bright screen
27. 2 A A Pressure AR Switch MA Vy Oil Separator 2 4 INVERTER Stop Valve High Pressure Stop Valve gt 4 Low Pressure unloading valve High Pressure Switch HS High TEM Balance Re d Oil Separator Compressor INVERTER Compressor INVERTER wth 7 12HP BBD 2 5 m T Stop Valve E VS X Hgh Pressure r EXVA o BVB j unloading valve High Pressure Sih Low Pressue W Compressor INVERTER Compressor INVERTER 34 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Wu qu Eee Kk
28. 526 ses 612 aor ese erm se som se se eor rm om Lm peram pm pem xm Dem pe pem pen pen 24 27 4 44 28 93 5 53 33 59 6 75 36 00 7 41 38 41 8 08 43 07 9 55 47 73 11 13 24 27 4 73 28 93 5 89 33 59 7 19 36 00 7 89 38 41 8 64 43 07 10 19 47 73 11 90 ez ree su 921 sor 1088 655 1227 as zr sa 15 sse sor 1160 4629 1283_ zr 6o s 751 925 1046 sear sor 1949 4484 1376_ woe 205 4877 s 6 040 22r 1457 4350 1465 pr 4s ss 765 sear sor 96 zs 426 369 se 521 s mar 259 362 a2 ss se sos es s51 630 30 2686 ira az es 359 4 see G4 5 aer sr sso ev 526 sre 675 2 sae 2686 669 616 369 1151
29. gt Be powered from the indoor unit display panel Extra power supply is unnecessary 258 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 3 1 Wiring The infrared sensor controller MD NIMO9 E contains a sensor and a control box The control box helps connecting the device to the wired controller and the indoor unit RR Infrared Sensor KJR 10B Display panel Wired controller Infrared inductive control box Indoor main board GEO GEORGES Installation example MD NIMOS must be work together with the wired controller As show above the MD NIMO9 E has 3 connecting port is used for connecting the wired controller CN2 is used for connecting the indoor unit s display panel CN3 is used for connecting the infrared sensor Control system 259 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en lt gt switch S1 stands for Turn off the indoor units in 0 5 hour after users leave default ON al Turn off the indoor units in 1 hour after users leave 1 2 ON WB With optional auto restart function 1 2 ON m Without optional auto restart function 1 2 6 3 2 How to use The genera
30. DM13 01 01 01en idea Service manual MIV V5 HEAT PUMP DC INVERTER R410A MVUH252B VA3 MVUH280B VA3 MVUH335B VA3 MVUH400B VA3 MVUH450B VA3 MVUHS00B VA3 Contents Part 1 General Information 1 Part 2 Selection Procedure 17 Part 3 Specification amp 24 IS LAU mtt ET 91 Part5 IrouDlesnoolllid utendo EROR edel abeo 140 Part 5 Control System Ix MU EI DE 179 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Part 1 General Information 1 Midea Product Development History 2 2 DC Inverter V5 Introduction 2 9 MOdSI Up veisiissistsssstsnss 9 4 Outdoor Unit Combinations 10 5 Capacity Range of Indoor Units 12 6 External Appearance and Model Names of Indoor Units 13 Z5 15 General Information 1 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 Midea Product Development History In 1999 Midea cooperated with Toshiba produced the No 1 AC Inverter VRF MDV In 2001 Midea produced the No1 MDV in Air conditioning industry In 2002 Midea developed the No 1 AC
31. wm sm 8096 xu ome me zm se zm se zm Le me se mw mm ze 20 zs 259 259 sos 2520 2440 2360 820 22 752 s se oo so 2520 eas 771 2 7 08 Ls am prm ne or 258 2440 2 662 2200 610 me pre pex me ne pem pt 288 ses 2520 2440 so 2960 2200 520 ome em me mm 7s 2520 5 580 2960 512 2200 Lo oma me sm omm em me zm pae Les m wm es ew se we om we om Lue se se we sw em se ww om o mm pem me ze ew zm eo f ym ew me Dem oma pem pre me es ww ee pe me one se ms em or 24 705 zs ss 2205 ors 21 5 2055 seo 1946 526 22 24 644 zas 60 205 562 2125 s41 2055 522 1946 452 _ a aa
32. 16 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 28 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 2 as 44 45 46 47 m UB B RET EIEJEI Day The on line condition of the indoor unit Setting interface of single weekly timer central controller 1 Under the main interface press io seiect to the single setting interface 2 Automatically return to the main interface when no operation for a period of time 3 Set the running status of single air conditioner under this page 222 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Set temprature Indoor Net address 20 degree 9 Success JT Mode LU EL L 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 14 15 gt ie 17 18 20 81 22 23 24 2528 27 28 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Set 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 158 57 58 62 63 UL R BURN t Room Temprature 28 degree Setting interface of weekly timer parameters of single weekly timer central controller
33. 2420 sae 24 sa 30 5 690 32 749 3851 3524 725 mor z as 261 2500 sor 2680 320 2860 noe sss 460 e 234 21 2500 0 2860 374 3206 aso 3559 as Specification amp performance 59 100 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 70 60 i 18 07 2 69 21 54 3 25 25 00 3 93 26 80 4 31 28 60 4 70 32 06 5 54 35 53 6 46 23 27 18 07 2 95 21 54 3 67 25 00 4 48 26 80 4 92 28 60 5 37 32 06 6 34 35 53 7 39 18 07 3 14 21 54 3 91 25 00 4 77 26 80 5 24 28 60 5 73 32 06 6 76 35 53 7 90 29 1 s 229 2180 262 2245 284 2500 zu skr 39 s sn zo 240 2 27 2345 2000 566 en 205 ss zar 2150 285 2245 2500 zu skr 42 es sor 2180 245 esr 2500 722 so svn 996 s 167 1e vere 2010 242 2142 2405 2 2668 334 s uem 1616 2o vere 242 25 242 saos 2668 352 7 Specification amp performance A j N IN o N DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 13 52 3 19 16 15 3 99 18 78 474 20 10 516 2142 563 2405 6 70 2668 7 75 sem ssp m s3
34. 430 545 2o 510 e 407 7s mer m ze 448 x 2022 300 Lo qe pam pm nme e m se Les ws Dem we Te wee re em Tu e ss on re me we es ez es ve em we for Lo poe Dmm Dre me se ew em se ve em we me oem ss 622 m mer so oem ae or zs sm 2 0 s3 aes 3642 425 2 200 s 488 a 425 303 4 e 4s we ace a72 4e 3 sei 353 s zs 415 aer se 164 335 qmm pee se se ve se e EIER e e ue e er pc oe Specification amp performance 49 amp performance 49 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 13 7 15 18 26 7 32 17 23 6 80 16 20 6 31 15 69 6 07 15 17 5 83 14 14 5 36 os so 1620 see sas S26 ea ss ss 62 sw 156 485 tar s 440 Ls ose poem pee orm pen aem em wm pe poer we pen cer Pes pes
35. Set the addresses ENC1 differently NO Some outdoor units in combination is power off check the LED1 on Yes PCB if LED1 is on the PCB is Turn on all the outdoor units power on if LED1 is off the PCB is power off NO MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled Yes Reie ihe chi No PCB is disabled Replace PCB Note All the outdoor units should be unified power supply If the outdoor units are note be unified power supply once some outdoor unit is power off other outdoor units are still running it may cause system unbalance and damage devices Troubleshooting 159 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 11 H7 Quantity of indoor units decrease error Only display on master unit all the ODU in standby H7 error will display when the quantity of indoor units decrease above 3 minutes H7 Quantity of indoor units decrease error Communication terminals P Q E Yes Fasten the communication are loose terminals Ii some IDU are assigned the Yes Set the IDU addresses differently same address Yes Some IDU are power off Power on all IDU mE m Yes Transformer of IDU is disabled Replace the transformer No Yes Insure all the IDU be unified IDU are not unified power supply power supply No 485 communication IC is disabled No Replace the IDU PCB IDU PCB is disabled Note 1 How to check whether the transformer of IDU is disabled The voltage input for IDU transformer is
36. total Finish setting 7 How to turn off the weekly timer setting of a period of an air conditioner Under the main interface hs Press to enter the setting status interface of single air conditioner press the button repeatedly to select Single and alternately displaying Set if select sigle press A jtoselectone bx SUME Press Confirm to select air conditioner to Press to cancel the selection and the next step return to the last step 2 Selecting All indicates to set the weekly timer parameters of all air conditioners and is displayed Selecting Single displays the address the air conditioner for example if the air conditioner whose address 1 12 15 selected 12 is displayed 3 Press J gt to select the day of the week Press Confirm to select the day of the week to the next step Press to cancel the selection and return to the last step 230 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 Setthe parameter of period 1 including shutdown time startup time running mode Fan speed and temperature First of all startup and shutdown time Press G J gt to select the startup time and shutdown time Press to modify the startup and shutdown time Press Confirm to save the parameter of the period 1 t
37. 4 16 16 1 lt 20 9 4x25 16 L lt 50m 4x25 16 L lt 50m 4x25 16 L lt 50m Connection wiring Sianal wiri 3 core shielded wiring 3 core shielded wiring 3 core shielded wiring 9 9 wiring dia 20 75 wiring dia 20 75 wiring dia 20 75 Ambient temp range Cooling 5 C 48 C 5 C 48 C 5 C 48 C Ambient temp range Heating 20 C 27 C 20 C 27 C 20 C 27 C Notes 1 The cooling conditions indoor temp 27 CDB 80 6 F 19 CWB 60 F outdoor temp 35 CDB 95 F equivalent pipe length 5m drop length Om 2 The heating conditions indoor temp 20 CDB 68 F 15 CWB 44 6 F outdoor temp 7 CDB 42 8 F equivalent pipe length 5m drop length Om 3 Sound level Anechoic chamber conversion value measured at a point 1 m in front of the unit at a height of 1 5 m During actual operation these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient conditions 4 It s the dimension of connecting pipes between outdoor and first branch joint when the Max Equivalent length of tubing is less than 90m 5 The farthest equivalent pipe length should be equal to or shorter than 40m but it can be up to 90m if meet the required conditions following part 4 installation sections 6 The above data may be changed without notice for future improvement on quality and performance 28 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 Dimensions 2 1 Units Di
38. 6 1 2 Installation 15mm long crack 72 y Notes The ammeter device is an optional device Without this device the central AC system is also able to work normally If users want to realize the network fee calculating function this device is necessary And each outdoor unit should equip one ammeter Do remember to fix the power line terminals and the signal line terminals before use Control system 253 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 2 Hotel card key interface module 5 1 MD NIMOS E 1 is mainly designed for the hotel card insert system It offers a smart way to save energy and manage the air conditioners lt gt A smart way to save energy and money lt Cooperates with the hotel card insert system IN lt Extra power supply is unnecessary 5 lt Connected but insulate to the card insert system lt gt Cooperate with the wired controller to automate control lt gt Easy to install MD NIMO5 E 1 is able to record the running status after power off and recover the unit to the previous running status 6 2 1 Wiring When the card is inserted to turn on the air conditioner the terminal COM1 and GND should be connected or short So the card insert system should send the signal to the terminal COM1 and GND The wiring diagram should be as follows Wiring diagram Indoor unit display board Wire controllere Hotel 220Vve Sys
39. RC Common Sawtooth Wave Sine Wave DC Inverter 2 2 2 High efficiency DC Fan motor saving power 50 According to the running load and pressure it controls the speed of DC fan to achieve the min energy consumption to reach the best effect All DC fan motors saves much power consumption Used across entire range of models from 8 to 72 HP Efficiency improved by up to 45 especially at low speed Pressure sensor DC Fan motor General Information 3 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1000 Q 14 DC inverter stepless E 800 adjustment 600 9 400 200 Wm System pressure Motor rotor speed waves among 5 and can rapidly match DC Inverter Compressor to output and enhance efficiency in part load 2 2 3 Newly designed sub cooling heat exchanger 12 C sub cooling degree makes the cooling capacity increased efficiently Thus the total piping length becomes longer reach up to 1000m Meanwhile the innovative designed high efficiency heat exchanger also simplified the pipeline of outdoor unit and realized compact design and low weight By adoption of Pressure Sensor EXV all DC fan motors and all DC compressors MIV V5 has an obvious improvement on efficiency than previous products 2 3 More flexible design 2 3 1 External static pressure enhanced up to 60Pa and air volume increases Applied high static pressure propeller fan and the optimum fan guard for high exter
40. zs se 205 21 2055 1016 457 576 5 2125 2055 e 1016 7s 2345 so 2205 e 21 as 2055 96 ome p mar p em zem as as en oem _ oem we es wm em wm ew em Specification amp performance Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 9 8 11 21 30 8 03 20 10 7 48 18 90 6 95 18 30 6 69 17 70 6 43 16 50 5 93 3 ze o ses 52 483 o oer ome pem se we ew em pam mm wm INE EN NEIN 21 30 4 84 20 10 4 55 18 90 4 26 18 30 4 12 17 70 3 98 16 50 3 70 7 9 21 30 4 59 20 10 4 31 18 90 4 04 18 30 3 91 17 70 3 77 16 50 3 52 Low oma pas ome pase es sm sm om sm ws 1675 738 1675 sse 15 5 586 m ua 1675 605 1675 se 55 sas 14 524 aaa 8 5 9 1 17 74 6 14 16 75 5 75 15 75 5 35 15 15 5 17 14 65 4 98 13 66 4 61 or e 1675 425 1515 410 14 395 1306 389 _ oa e 55 942 14 s ro am m ss 1575 3 155 226
41. 112 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 3 Refrigerant Pipe Engineering 3 1 Refrigerant Pipe Processing 3 1 1 Basic requirements 3 1 1 1 Operation procedure Determine the route and size of the pipeline according to the construction drawing Make and installing bracket hanger and support Make and arrange pipe accessories Recharge nitrogen gas for protection Brazing welding Pipe flushing air tightness test Thermal insulation Vacuum drying 3 1 1 2 Three principles for refrigerant piping Dry The rain comes into engineering water he process of tubing must be criterion gt Below cleanly comes into produced condensate water in the pipe Cleanness There are oxide produced Charge nitrogen gas to prevent when welding by welding outside dust sundries comes into Attention the cleanness during the piping process Air Imprecision weld Use the suited welding rod to weld tightness unqualified airproof to Comply to the welding operation criteria flaring pipe leakage ofthe to the bell mouth connecting operation criteria tightness test fringe Comply to the interface operation criteria Caution Removing oil for copper pipe of a system that uses R410A For the system that uses R410A oil free copper pipes should be selected they can also be customized If ordinary oily copper pipes are used it must be cleaned with gauze that is dipp
42. 296 os oa 1675 1 156 14 Note 1 is shown as reference 2 heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 Specification amp performance 57 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 12HP cooling mode Indoor temperature C WB Capacit temperature C po 08 ele e pr a RS ISO 5 3505 439 4068 4223 489 4426 547 4648 551_ NER GE 0 ___2 6 8 2943 97 3505 485 4068 568 4223 582 4323 581 4430 390 4539 593 ME Lx 1 NE Nu Le on a E Combination 20 2042 445 zo ese 662 soos 666 4104 672 679 020 3268 oer ser 3697 en amp e 232 s3 Ls pma se um mor ser or m ser me 48 29 43 7 52 33 02 7 24 35 82 7 51 36 48 7 45 36 77 7 49 36 61 7 48 37 28 8 08 C s arte 3230 420 3757 497 4020 542 4211 565
43. DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Note 1 Select power cord for these five models separately according to relevant standard 2 The wiring diameter and the length in the table indicate the condition that the voltage dropping range is within 2 If the length exceeds the above figure please select the wire diameter according to relevant standard 3 Select the wire diameter Power wiring refer to the main wire a connecting to branch box and the wiring b between branch box and power facilities Please select the wire diameter according to the following requirement 4 Diameter of main wire a Depends on the total horsepower of outdoor unit and following table E g In system 8Hpx 1unit 8Hpx 1unit 10Hpx Total Hp 26Hp Table 6 4 size of wire 35mm2 within 50m 5 Wiring b between branch box and power equipment Depends on the number of combined outdoor unit If fewer than 5 the diameter is the same as that of main wire a if more than 6 there will be 2 electric control boxes and the diameter of wiring depends on the total horsepower of outdoor units connecting to each electric control box and following table Specification amp performance 4 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 5 3 3 Reference table of the cable size for each capacity Total capacity HP eer a weather proof isolator to e Remark The above selection is just for reference it should be considered
44. connect Control system 201 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Turn a screwdriver at the concave on bottom panel to remove the Back Cover Back Cover Top Cover LCD Board Bottom Cover Wood Mounting When installing the Wired Controller Cover SOIN be sure there is a hole in the wall to avoid the When installing the Wired Controller you should Back Cover being fixed directly to the wall adjust the bottom of the Wired Controller Board to which is not allowed for the Wire Joint the Wired Controller Back Cover which should be extrudes out of the Back Cover fixed first then press the other end of the Wired Controller Board x When install the wired controller an additional 5 terminal is needed to install in indoor unit fasten an infrared emitter whose anode and cathode connecting with A and B near the receiver in the indoor unit switch board then connecting the terminal 5 GND and Run in the switch board to C D E respectively 5 terminal Group Wired Controller Wires here adopts 5 core Shield Cable the length should be accord with the actual conditions 202 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 Dimension 120 120 15mm 3 Wiring diagram 1 Wiring diagram between wired controller and four way cassette of indoor unit Indoor Unit Electric Controlling Box Plane of Indoor Unit Plug 10 of Electric Controlling Box Main Board
45. ou d gap too big gas bag 4 2 Water Storing Elbow of Drainage Pipe 4 2 1 To indoor unit with large negative pressure at the outlet of water containing plate the drainage pipe must be equipped with water storing elbow Function of water storing elbow When indoor unit is in motion prevent generating negative pressure to cause drainage difficulty or blow water out of the air outlet Installation of water storing elbow 1 Install water storing elbow as shown in following figure H shall be above 50mm 2 Install one water storing elbow for each unit 3 When installation consider it shall be convenient in future clean indoor unit L 25 plug gt 1 4 3 Concentrated Drainage Pipe 4 3 1 Pipeline diameter of concentrated drainage pipe Select drainage pipe diameter according to indoor unit s combined flow volume E g If one 1HP unit with 2L h discharging condensate water the calculation of the combined flow volume of three 2HP units and two 1 5HP units is 2HP x 2L h x 3 1 5HP x 2L h x 2 181 4 3 2 Relation between horizontal pipeline diameter and permitted displacement of condensate water Installation 127 MIV VS Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Inner diameter of Inner Permitted displacement l h PVC piping piping reference diameter of Remark value mm piping mm Slope 1 50 Slope 1 100 could not used for confluence pipe Could be used for confluenc
46. 10 127 1591 E two Converter pipe gas pipe used Installation 99 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Converter pipe liquid pipe used Gas balance Gas balance 100 DM13 01 01 01en ID 15 9 OD 19 1 0222 H two l two Installation DM13 01 01 01en 1 2 Installation Procedure MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 2 1 Importance of the Installation Operation Effect of installation issues on equipment Leakage of refrigerant pipe Insufficient refrigerant Filth blockage of refrigerant pipe Moisture of refrigerant pipe Over heated running Compressor fault Product of the chemical reaction between ice or water of throttling parts and the refrigerant damages the insulation of the compressor motor Poor heat dissipation of outdoor unit Improper installation location Degraded heat exchange effect of indoor unit Degraded efficiency or abnormal protection to difficult in upkeep M No insulation test for power supply line Damaged electric parts Cross connection between power cable and signal cable 1 Pipe pre install Installing indoor unit Refrigerant piping engineering ater drainage piping engineering Thermal insulation engineering Electric engineering signal cable power cable Basement work for outdoor unit Installing unit Air tightness test recharging re
47. 320 765 836 950 41144 1005 a mer 55 2672 650 sso 320 946 ew 1028 3828 1220 1237 e mer sm 2672 e s02 320 1042 28 1280 as 2572 4s seo so oss sw 69 3920 42 842 _ se 250 2257 286 aar 2000 s348 445 arta ses 255 2251 26 ser ori 638_ ss ze 2257 2674 ae 2000 ser 14 e 2257 sri 2000 296 1145_ 188 oss 2257 1209 26 4 1425 2000 1559 1682 2029 Sr 2304 1920 251 224 29 zm 2667 s3 are 430 L s pen 227 pem on pae se p eec ar eu pm ss pese zm as 4er se 626 rem Lam pe so ew em ore mm mo s mm em Specification amp performance 67 60 A oo o N o MIV V5 Heat Tr DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 16 14 4 10 19 29 5 13 22 43 6 09 24 00 6 64 25 57 7 24 28 71 8 61 31 86 9 96 Ls on pum sm
48. 6 Use proper torque to tighten the flaring nut 1 2 12 7 504 616 4950 6030 Flaring opening nut 5 8 15 88 630 770 6180 7540 Tubing tie in 3 4 19 05 990 1210 9270 11860 n Caution When you are tightening the flaring nut with a spanner the tightening torque will be suddenly increased at a certain point From this point further tighten the flaring nut to the angles shown below Pipe Diameter Recommended length of tool lever 5 52 About 200v TIT About 250mm S 15 99 About 300mm 7 Check whether the surface of the flaring opening is damaged The size of the flaring opening is as shown below R410A Pipe Diameter Size of Flaring Opening AN A 1 4 6 35 8 7 9 1 3 8 9 52 12 8 13 2 1 2 12 7 16 2 16 6 5 8 15 88 19 3 19 7 3 4 19 05 23 6 24 0 Cautions a Apply some refrigeration oil onto the inner surface and outer surface of the flaring opening to facilitate the connection or rotation of the flaring nut ensure close sticking between the sealing surface and the bearing surface and avoid pipe bending b Ensure that the flaring opening is not cracked or deformed otherwise it cannot be sealed or after the system runs for some time refrigerant leakage will occur 3 1 3 5 Pipe bending 1 Method 1 Manual bending Suitable for thin copper pipes 35 012 7 2 Mechanical bending Suitable in a wide range of copper pipes 35 4567 Spring bender
49. 722 6 235 n os so sus 682 666 2835 Gor zz ere sus was ser 235 saa 2357 966 2967 2357 1008 2345 1022 2345 1048 1026 2845 1050 1073 2833 2810 1001 2610 99 or e ses or 30 2005 2810 2610 726 pom wer 745 2005 coo 2640 2 9 595 s e 9 0 ess 2005 632 25 9 564 Cn oe oe ro 9 390 620 2005 ses 2919 57 2 9 53 ne sm se ez 300 5 2005 565 sas 56 2asz sss 2340 1023 2340 1047 2340 2340 1072 2281 1080 nez 2002 soar an ear 2281 990 a 2625 9 2530 osr 99 2281 ena oss was 970 2625 2530 261 oss 785 2625 730 mar 28 62 s 22 os zer 2625 2500 mar o21 26 5 4 s os 2625 2500 ser 20 544 os se 72928 75887
50. Connecting _ Wire Group 5 Connecting Group 5 core Shield Cable Back of wired controller 2 Wiring diagram between wired controller and duct type of indoor unit Indoor Unit Electric Controlling Box 60 Plane of Indoor Unit Electric Controlling Box s Plug CN10 Main Board Connecting Signal Reciver Wire Group 5 core Connecting Group 5 core Shield Cable Back of wired controller 4 9161019 Control system 195 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 3 Wiring diagram between wired controller and high static duct type of indoor unit Indoor Unit Electric Controlling Box Signal Receiving Board Electric Controlling Box Plug CN10 10 core Connecting Wire Group Main Board 5 core Connecting Group 5 core Shield Cable Back of wired controller 196 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 2 KJR 12B DP T E KJR 12B DP T E KJR 12B DP T E General functions and integrates FOLLOW ME function 2 2 1 Wired controller specifications Power Supply Voltage 5 0V DC Ambient Temperature Range 15 C 43 C 5 F 1097 Ambient Humidity Range RH40 RH90 Performance Features 1 Operating mode Cool heat dry fan and auto 2 Set the mode through buttons 3 Indoor setting temperature range 17 C 30 C 4 LCD Liquid Cr
51. DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 5 ON OFF button For turning on or turning off the air conditioner 6 Air Direction Activate swing function of air deflector Once pressing air deflector will turn 6 C For normal operation and better cooling and heating effect deflector will not turn to the degree which is the state of deflector when the unit is turned off Only available when remote controller is used with corresponding unit 7 Horiz Swing Activate or turn off horizontal swing function Only available when remote controller is used with corresponding unit 8 Vert Swing Activate or turn off vertical swing function Only available when remote controller is used with corresponding unit 9 Clock Display the current time 12 00 is displayed when resetting or electrifying for the first time Press CLOCK for 5s icon indicating hour will flash with 0 5s Press it again w and A are used to adjust the figure Setting or modification is effective onlyby pressing OK button to make confirmation 10 Time ON For time ON setting Once pressing this button the time will increase by 0 5 hour When the set time exceeds10 hours pressing the button will increase the time by 1 hour Adjusting the figure to 0 00 will cancel time ON setting 11 Time OFF For time OFF setting Once pressing this button the time will increase by 0 5 hour When the set time exceeds10 hours pressing the button will increase the time b
52. es 708 725 20s ses 24 ros 24s 245 721 2036 738 9096 5 5 6 23 44 7 09 23 36 7 24 23 36 7 40 23 27 7 48 22 67 7 24 21 13 6 64 as 740 mor 625 o or o 28 725 672 eas 2267 620 2113 5659 22 se es o1 zer ses 521 s a e ez 249 577 soa mor e ses 545 zer ses s 7s z so 2504 512 mor ars os ss 59 2 46 mor 2113 415 es om oes ee em em em em ew 80 me re me 1 me me 1e e c me pre ios prs n re za em ww p xm prs zm pre ne ra em em ww s se 739 29 vas 65 626 1960 s577 or ss ze 2082 223 592 1886 545 or on zer 62 2160 58 209 ser 2022 sao 1886 497 29 sn ze 585 2 aoe 1886 455 Ls aa mer ze 502 292 2 466
53. s352 958 5625 997 648 ew re soar 953 5223 992 5208 1005 6545 1014 a see 660 1055 s111 1060 5175 1085 saos 1076 5432 1005 sos s030 11 5055 5239 1122 5868 1133 m see oz var 1180 5159 5288 os see 5016 ser 128 s150 5253 1065 0 ___ 3343 470 3986 579 4629 6 89 4950 740 5271 7 98 5673 830 5802 853 6 3343 495 3986 598 4629 7 13 49 50 769 5271 828 5673 8 62 5802 885 e ss 4520 so s271 838 sers e68 5802 894 m aaa sa sss 429 790 se s271 ose sage 951 000 s sss s 29 so 924 s191 990 s320 997 sess 1006 72 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 33 43 6 67 39 86 855 4629 10 64 4870 1147 4934 1151 5063 11 62 5175 11 72 su pss sm ner ns sr mw sir rs ers 1215 4725 1240 areo 1246 256 030 1269 ese 1106 4516 126 4645 1340 4757 1953
54. 2 0 _ m omae es sez 220 2420 730 2420 745 rr 7e o 726 2600 rs 2600 7 amp 9 2620 7 amp 2610 e12 o or omae zer sue eor s129 so sss sos 679 o em ase sz sz 025 os no s zo oo moo o2 seo ess 778 m ess 722 zum 24 0 24 0 780 o or es esr ese wu en smo so se so sos 3299 79r s 7s ss sx om sso sse esi 750 11 9 8 41 20 9 15 40 20 8 99 37 80 8 33 36 60 8 01 35 40 7 69 32 90 7 07 o ns 2o e ws 752 723 3290 605 s 2020 6 z210 ser 2000 2000 705 2001 res os 22 3s ae 76 2400 ree 2400 2400 240 641 o or se se su see 909 501 so o ses ors sao 12 3020 718 s 7s ses se zer 706 735 3020
55. 2600 7o en 740 1050 966 2080 1042 2340 1257 2600 o 156 1570 12 160 198 1780 208 2040 2 2250 205 e 1 92 160 204 1780 2040 230 290 z Specification amp performance 53 60 oa o N 20 21 23 25 27 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 43 11 30 2 54 13 50 3 18 15 70 3 77 16 80 4 11 17 90 4 48 20 10 5 33 22 30 6 17 ne 950 1570 528 1080 586 1790 se 2050 2200 014 16 9 45 1 31 11 30 1 52 13 10 1 75 14 00 1 67 14 90 1 98 16 70 2 24 18 60 2 49 9 45 1 35 11 30 1 57 13 10 1 80 14 00 1 92 14 90 2 06 16 70 2 31 18 60 2 58 20 Note 1 is shown as reference 2 cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 46 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 54 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 10HP heating mode Outdoor Indoor temperature C WB temperature C KCN eso 4 ome 597 2230 6 2220 2220 682 2210 700 734 D m 3 m 3 20 w4 2030 57 2020 628 2010
56. 283 2520 2600 3o 375 340 208 25 2620 2 2010 2340 448 ome 21 255 zu a02 25 2600 3010 o 3340 452 ar ome 272 s42 238 420 2620 462 2600 sor 2010 3080 o s19 esr 2520 6 2600 27a 773 ee jin pne me 245 28r ne 29 me Ls ee e pee ze mer 25 2m pner 2e mm se mm 32 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 10 15 10 1 91 18 00 2 29 20 90 2 70 22 40 2 91 23 90 3 11 26 80 3 56 29 70 4 01 25 15 10 2 14 18 00 2 58 20 90 3 13 22 40 3 43 23 90 3 75 26 80 4 42 29 70 5 14 27 15 10 2 35 18 00 2 92 20 90 3 57 22 40 3 92 23 90 4 27 26 80 5 05 29 70 5 89 15 10 2 50 18 00 3 11 20 90 3 80 22 40 4 17 23 90 4 57 26 80 5 39 29 70 6 29 29 as 436 2090 saa 2240 23 2 2673 15s 5e 20 1960 226 2080 241 2340 276 2600 314 1 358 19 222 242 25e 24 291 2600 333 1 1560 sr 227 so 246 2080 262 2340 2 2600 33 1560 or 1960 444 2090 2340 573 2600 666 1320 as ss ase a1 473 2080 516 2340
57. 2845 1012 2848 1040 62 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 een MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 7 6 31 07 9 68 31 07 9 95 30 95 10 20 30 95 10 34 30 95 10 47 30 83 10 74 Ls oss sm se oar se 35e ss vs e or sex 1062 1086 1040 war sro asso 1092 1030 ona s pem ms ws pem pre ree 11 8 42 26 8 65 39 88 8 08 37 50 7 52 36 31 7 24 35 12 6 97 32 74 6 43 15 13 7 42 26 8 16 39 88 7 62 37 50 7 10 36 31 6 84 35 12 6 59 32 74 6 09 sos 2495 2405 2 1028 as aera 932 2602 960 2551 1002 2591 1046 1044 2852 1002 2840 1027 2840 1040 2840 2828 100 zs sme ew sem es wm s wm 9 7 34 11 10 57 34 11 10 78 33 75 10 82 32 56 10 39 31 49 9 97 29 35 9 15 see oes e sus sw se sas oos mos a 22 so sae sus sse 2005 roi s so s sss ass ros 4 736 2835 es ses sos ss
58. 3 DRY Operation x Press MODE to select DRY mode x Select the desired temperature by pressing the TEMP A and TEMP usually the temperature range is set from 17 to 30 x Press the ON OFF the operation lamp of indoor unit lights and the air conditioner will start to dehumidify x Press the ON OFF again stop the air conditioner Notes The FAN SPEED and ECONOMICAL buttons are invalid in the dry mode 4 Only Set the Time of Timer On x Press button TIME ON the wired controller display SETTING the icons of HOUR and ON display on the timer setting area The wired controller enters into the setting of timer off x Press button TIME ON again and then adjust the time of timer off as desired x Continuously Press the button the time of timer will increase 0 5 hours per time After the time of timer reaches to 10 hours the time will increase 1 hour each time x 0 5 seconds later after finishing the adjustment the wired controller sends the information of time off the timer off setting is completed 5 Only Set the Time of Timer Off x Press button TIME OFF the wired controller display SETTING the icons of HOUR and OFF display on the timer setting area The wired controller enters into the setting of timer off x Press button TIME OFF again and then adjust the time of timer off as desired x Continuously Press the button the time of timer will increase 0 5 hours per time After the time of timer reaches to 10 hours the time
59. 3530 667 556 s re s 2625 666 2530 546 2201 49 oe s em sm 25 s18 sov 201 465 Specification amp performance 63 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC venter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 11 8 25 36 10 12 23 93 9 42 22 50 8 74 21 79 8 42 21 07 8 09 19 64 7 48 os ze ser 2 796 ves Ca pus pae em me se pe ze ee LG pem e prm nec en 25 36 6 09 23 93 5 72 22 50 5 35 21 79 5 17 21 07 4 99 19 64 4 63 6 25 36 5 77 23 93 5 42 22 50 5 07 21 79 4 90 21 07 4 74 19 64 4 40 qos qoem su p mm us ae ne 45 49 os s 2250 4s 4e mor sz e 39 er ar so 99 x zer was ra 1025 Lr ou esr 15 9 12 ss zn 1 en m oar s 12 57 9 5 10 21 12 7 50 19 94 7 00 18 75 6 54 18 04 6 30 17 45 6 07 16 26 5 62 an sn s3 1675 sos mas m 1626 430 m oo se aor 3 1626 o m a2 sss 4o
60. ENS MR REC a Q 0 RECEN Oa oap Rd a n omnii m 30 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 12HP 14HP 16HP 18HP Combinable Dimensions i K TU lt N M C al f zi f 3 o f f 3 e y le uU 9 2 f X f E
61. Liquid Crystal Display Control system 185 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 1 1 Parts name 9 1 Mode Selection Button The mode is selected in a sequence as the following figure indicates COOL gt DRY HEAT gt _ Notes no heating mode if wired controller is set as cooling only 2 Timer on Button Press this button to initiate the auto on time Each press will increase the auto on time in 30minutes increments When the setting time displays 10Hr each press will increase the auto on time in 60 minutes increments If want to cancel the TIMER ON then adjust the time of TIMER ON as 0 0 3 Timer off Button Press this button to initiate the auto off time Each press will increase the auto off time in 30minutes increments When the setting time displays 10Hr each press will increase the auto off time in 60 minutes increments If want to cancel the TIMER OFF then adjust the time of TIMER OFF as 0 0 4 Clock Button Normally display the clock set currently display 12 00 for the first electrifying or resetting When press the button for 5 seconds the hour part on the clock display flashes every 0 5 seconds then press Aand Wto adjust hour press the button CLOCK again the minute part flashes every 0 5 seconds then press Aand V 186 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A button to adjust minute When set clock or alter clock s
62. Purchased wiring parts and materials should be in compliance with the local and national regulations 2 All field wiring construction should be finished by qualified electrician 3 Air conditioning equipment should be grounded according to the relevant local and national electrical regulations 4 Current leakage protection switch should be installed select current leakage breaker in light of the 1 5 2 times of total loading rated current 5 When connecting wiring and wire holder use cable clamp to fix and make sure no exposure 6 Refrigerant piping system and wiring system of indoor and outdoor unit belongs to the different system 7 not connect the power wire to the terminal of signal wire 8 When power wire is parallel with signal wire put wires to their own wire tube and remain proper gap the current capacity of power wire is 10A below 300mm 50A below 500mm 9 Voltage discrepancy of power wire terminal side of power transformer and end voltage side of unit should be less than 29 If its length could not be shortened thicken the power wire Voltage discrepancy between phases shall not pass 2 rated value and Current discrepancy between highest and lowest phase should be less than 396 rated value Selection of Wiring 1 The selection of wiring area shall in accordance with the requirements below 1 Voltage lose of wire shall meet the requirement of terminal voltage for normal operation and startup 2 The wiring current carryi
63. System contains air or nitrogen Yes Discharge the entire refrigerant Then vacuum the system and refill the refrigerant Add oil to the system if it leaks NO MC9S08AC 128 chi 5 Yes disabled Rewrite the chip PCB is disabled Replace PCB Note 1 The phenomenon of the high pressure side of the system is blocked The high pressure is higher than normal value the low pressure is lower than normal value and the discharge temperature is higher than normal value 2 The phenomenon of the refrigerant is excess The high pressure is higher than normal value the low pressure is higher than normal value and the discharge temperature is lower than normal value 3 The phenomenon of the system contains air or nitrogen The high pressure is higher than normal value current is larger than normal value discharge temperature is higher than normal value compressor makes noise pressure meter do not display steady The normal system running parameters please refer to attached table 3 If the system install three phase protector and the three phase protector connect with high pressure switch in series connection the system will display P1 protection when fist power on and P1 protection will disappear after system is steady If the system install three phase protector and the three phase protector connect with low pressure switch in series connection the system will display P2 protection when fist power on and
64. azs sees oer mer 1252 3573 1208 n es ee ser ser pee sese sso oso 1600 ssar 107s ses sess ee 1678_ pee see sees sete esr emos eue o pose re ese rs oso sess ens ws sen mn pee ees er 8 5 9 1 45 16 13 67 44 98 14 19 44 98 14 71 44 80 14 98 44 80 15 26 44 62 15 78 f or 58 ees veer mer 1635 mer 552 ss pese eor e 1657 sem pee ses ere ese esor 1623 woo 1557 ses o oe pes pue pner esor 1527 sese saa 1308 m enn a266 es mer 1655 mes pee 5955 ess sreo Ls pos eo 1520 soss eso sreo wor saso 12 _ pose sees orso sose oreo ses 84
65. gt eq Jo eouejsisaiJ jsnuJ JIM 5 941 1 i e e e se S IUN J9 oJjuoo 1104 5 0 i o 0 5 z i a 9 L 1919 i i D 2 A E e se S IUN JOODUI 5 J9 0Jjuo9 t E 1 OOZL S pue uongeoiunuuuoo2 JO 5 5 H uojounr i lt ii i T i L OOZL S pue 1 eq Jo souejsises 2 1 i 15 941 s I L Joopu Joopu xog uonounf og uonounf 1 1 MET PP ess E ess 555 e E esse amp 1 c 1 A Li O 1 O e se JOOPU d 56 2 a 5 S t N S Z N 9110 0 gt p
66. iros orso sez oz vae eos em o rse ooo ars eor sos om oaar _ Specification amp performance 79 12096 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 25 27 29 31 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 37 14 5 36 44 29 6 51 43 7 82 55 00 8 36 58 57 9 01 6304 940 6447 9 65 are oar pun n v o eas wr ws o oss ur s a pss sas ror sse eso wor 925 sos _ 8 eem oo eoo sear enor 070 o ses eos so se sss om emer voz sem pss seo sar mor sor ou 102s efor peo ses sev sor 1055 1063 6125 1070 sr pem rs sos m pen sem ses ses vs sese vao noo os sre ses sos sso sone s822 77 sez om om 0 33 15 4 75 40 18 5 72 46 79 6 80 50 00 7 35 53 22 7 91 59 82 9 07 63 22 9 36 ss pass so ror ooo 700 mz 022 moz 070 L8 far cor ses r2 so 179 soo mer sr om sos roo som ess zz sse sss vosr
67. least B The total signal cable length of the central controller shall not exceed 1 200m B Make sure there is no joint the middle of the shielded cable If such a joint exists use a socket to connect it 6 5 2 Description Names and Functions x Buttons and indication lights 1 Alarm light When the alarm lights are on malfunctions occur on the indoor units Please check the indoor unit and find the error code on the indoor unit s display panel After solving the problem the ALARM light will fade out 2 COOL light Press the mode switch leftwards to turn all the indoor units to cooling only mode and the COOL light will be on This light indicates that all the indoor units are running at cooling mode Users can only set the cooling parameter such as temperature and fan speed by other controller If the user changes the units to the heating only mode the indoor unit displays mode conflict error code And then the corresponding unit turns off to prevent user s environment from being more unsatisfying 3 UNLOCK light Press the mode switch to the middle of the controller and the UNLOCK light will be on In this mode all the indoor units are freely to work at heating mode or cooling mode 4 HEAT light Press the mode switch leftwards to turn all the indoor units to heating only mode and the HEAT light will be on This light indicates that all the indoor units are running at cooling mode Users can only set the heating parameter s
68. manual bender electric bender is used Purpose Reduce welding joints and required elbows and improve engineering quality In order to save material no joint is needed 2 Caution 1 When bending a copper pipe ensure that there is no twinkle or deformation on the inner side of the pipe 2 When using a spring bender ensure that the bender is clean before inserting it in the copper pipe 3 When using a spring bender ensure that the bending angle does not exceed 90 otherwise twinkle will appear on the inner side of the pipe and the pipe may easily get broken 4 Ensure that the pipe does not sink during the bending process ensure that the cross section of the bending pipe is larger than 2 3 of the original area otherwise it cannot be used Installation 117 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en twinkle will easily appear on this side 7 the pipe sink easily the side 3 1 4 Brazing welding operation 3 1 4 1 Selecting refrigerant pipe 1 All pipe use shall comply with national or local standards for example pipe diameter material thickness etc 2 Specification Seamless phosphorus to oxygenate copper pipe 3 Try best to use straight pipe or coil and avoid too much brazing welding Note Select the pipes according to the pipe diameters shown below O coil Ven straight pipe E UL c 46 35 35 019 0 _ 0 4380 0 2H
69. mm sw sz wm om 4 a s su mw w we w we 5 t 19 _ m we s ww s m wm m m sm m ws ws ww w e es ws T __ ma w w _ Troubleshooting 177 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Attached table 3 Commissioning and operating parameters of refrigerant system Conditions 1 Make sure outdoor unit can detect all the indoor units the quantity of indoor units display steadily and be equal to actual quantity of installed indoor units Conditions 2 Make sure all the valves in outdoor unit are open indoor units EXV have connected to indoor PCB Conditions 3 The ratio of connectable indoor units is 10096 When ambient temperature is high operate the system in cooling mode and set the temperature 17 C When ambient temperature is low operate the system in heating mode and set the temperature 30 C Then get the parameters after system running normally more than 30 minutes Outdoor unit cooling parameters table DC inverter compressor curent spotre A 48 er 78 _ A Average temperature of _ ww Outdoor unit heating parameters table Presswe oflowpresswrevane mea 2022 2228 3091 2527 _ Discharge temperature spot check 50 70 60 70 60 85 60 70 DC
70. o Lee E _ ad PCB ports instruction No Content Discharge temp sensor port of the inverter compressor A Discharge temp sensor port of the inverter compressor A or B Se Rese 4 Reserve 5 5 CN22 Reserve 6 CN16 Wiring port for communication between indoor and outdoor units indoor DC2 5 2 7V unit network outdoor unit network and network accounting 7 CN1 Phase inspection port 380V 8 CN30 Power input of the NO 1 transformer 220V 9 CN29 Power input of the NO 2 transformer 220V 10 CN38 Loading output terminal 220V 25CN6 Resmve 26 CN28 Inspection port for outdoor ambient temp and condenser coil DCO 5V in dynamic change Troubleshooting 141 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 27 CN24 Communication ports between outdoor units DC2 5 2 7V 28 20 Control port of DC fan The left the first pin DC5V 29 CN21 Control port of DC fan B The left the first pin DC5V 30 43 Current inspection port of the inverter compressors Aand B ACO 7 8V in dynamic change 31 CN19 Power supply connected port of the main control panel GND 5 12V 142 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en instructions Indoor unit q
71. o9 seme oes omus _ mam osoa me o osu _ m vows erem e 176047 Me 040080 m ewe 17057 Me 0 _ e ess w m _ a sm zen n m _ sexe 2 n2 oso 4 wze eame n m _ xs sens vue na oazo s sss tomo ns _ u enm 75 i us omo a swa sx seraso _ a seme oars _ x sse _ suse 3 oas a ass e mms vows 3 mex asus 104 zs 4m u os _ s zara amus oss s zm soseo osi 128 _ s zs ames _ zw _ w ona s aem o ose tm _ s ase ozo _ m s o 12 02500 m wa s aos o ore _ sw s oros 1a 0258 ene zem o ore
72. protector 202300800224 jequipment HWUA DPB71CM48 Digital ammeter opi WHM DTS634 DT636 Electricity charge monitor Specification amp performance 89 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 11 Functional parts and safety devices Symbol MVUH252B VA3 MVUH280B VA3 MVUH335B VA3 E655DHD 65D2YG E6550HD 65D2YG 1 EESSDHD OSDZYG Compressor Compressor Bam s Open temperature 16025 Crank case heater DJRD 520A 1500 27 6W DJRD 520A 1500 27 6W 2 Fan Model OBWZDK750 38G 4 1BWZDK750 38G 4 2BWZDK750 38G 4 2sets motor Output 454W 454W 232W 2 Motor and Safety 115 C Security thermostat Devices High pressure OFF 44 1 kg cm 32 1 kg cm switch AH pressure OFF 0 3 1 kg cm ON 1 0 1 kg cm switch Temperature sensor T3 T4 id 25 10 outlet ambient Temperature temperature Sensor Thermostat Inverter Fixed BW130C 130 OFF 85C discharge Pressure T High pressure Model YLCGQ 45CP2 7K6J10 sensor sensor discharge Character Vout 1 1603 P 0 5 MPa expansion valve MEE STF 01VN1FoshanHualu Solenoid valve FDF2A 217 PK etc Zhejiang Dunan Symbol MVUH400B VA3 MVUH450B VA3 MVUH500B VA3 inverter Inverter compressor EOSSDHD 65D2YG E405 E655DHD 65D2YG E405D F655DHD 65D2YG p DHD 36D2YG HD 36D2YG E655DHD 65D2YG Open temperature 160 5 Crank case heater 27 6 2 3BWZDK750 38G 4 2 sets 4BWZD
73. 01en 6 5 Mode lock controller KJR 31B E KJR 31B E is a wired centralized mode lock controller With this device we could lock the mode of all the units connected to this controller to avoid mode conflict When the mode conflict happens e g some indoor units request cooling and some heating the outdoor unit could only work in either mode As a result some of the indoor units could not work By adopting this device we could consider the environment and artificially determine whether the indoor units should work at cooling or heating mode New designed and graceful appearance Compactly functions and friendly user interface Easy networking Connected up to 64 indoor units 6 5 1 System configure Mode lock controller KJR 31B E is only a compact indoor unit centralized controller which cannot bridge the indoor units to the PC or BMS Its network configuration is much the same as MD CCMOS The following 2 ways is both available 1 w w w wm Mode Lock Controller 2nd m NENNEN Mode Lock Controller To establish a steady network the following should be noted B The signal cable and power cable the central controller cannot be contained in the same cable tube 274 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A The distance between the signal cable tube and power cable tube shall be between 300mm 500mm at
74. 1 There are two ways for opening sealing 1 Sealing with cover or adhesive tape suitable for short term storage 2 Sealing welding suitable for long term storage Caution The openings of the copper pipe must be sealed at any time during the construction e Method of sealing with cover or adhesive tape y gt Use the adhesive tape to Copper pipe Block cover twist tightly at the joint Lt gt pper pipe It is recommended to seal the openings of the pipe with both cover and adhesive tape e Method of sealing welding __ _ Brazing welding area X w a 2 Special attention 1 When putting the copper pipe through the hole in the wall dirt is easy to enter into the pipe The end of the pipe should be sealed with cover 2 When the copper pipe goes outside the wall ensure that no rain water can enter the pipe particularly when the pipe is placed upright 3 Before completing the pipe connection seal the openings of the pipe with covers 4 Place the openings of the pipe vertically or horizontally Litter impurity or moisture entering _ p 4 v 44444 YASS AA ZA Q Cap Refrigerant pipe 5 Before putting the pipe outside the wall seal the opening of the pipe with a cover Installation 115 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 Do not place the pip
75. 1073 250 m 005 1081 eer 1095 1009 2250 928 6 2005 2355 770 ze 25 662 os 25 aso 266 26 912 269 9 5 10 29 65 8 41 29 53 8 75 29 41 9 07 29 41 9 25 29 41 9 41 29 29 9 75 or s ss e 1002 1017 1045 or em esr ara 1028 ota voor sre 1050 3702 1078 Cr o 1072 s 7s ser n 4655 10 450 1055 s214 Cn oo s ae 4600 95 sw se me ez 20060 or ess 2857 1002 o or are e ars 1038 sro sos sro 10 55 1051 22 4s s00 1055 00 1087 10 3857 1058 55 965 s a en oo mw 0 asi 3657 55 0o08 082 55 655 es no s 912 676 55 os 4655 sr soos eso ses 55 750 926 955 2667
76. 2 Operation 1 Description of Names and Functions Power on or reset After the CCM is powered on or reset all the segments of the LCD will be displayed and last for 3 seconds And then disappear for 2 seconds After this the controller s system runs the normal display mode in which would display the main page Network Area Address Setting Control system 263 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Up to 16 CCMO2 can be connected to the gateway or the PC Each 2 can be viewed as a secondary or sub net of the network and distinguish themselves by their unique address The address can be set in the key panel and it ranges from 16 31 Address setting method To differentiate the 2 the addresses of CCMO2 range from 16 31 Every time we press the address button of a CCMO2 the corresponding CCMO 2 s address increase by 1 When the address come to the end 31 press the key again could make the address back to the starting address 16 Indicator Display Indicator lamp will be on when the CCM is power on 2 Locked All the other buttons will not be on controlled anytime when pressing the CCM is locked And unlock happens when receiving the lock Electric energy consumption query 2 allows user check each outdoor units electricity consumption To realize this function each outdoor unit should be installed with an ammeter The ammeter DTS634 can
77. 220V the voltage output of is AC9V yellow yellow and AC13 5V brown brown 2 How to check whether the 485 communication IC is disabled The normal voltage between P and GND is DC2 5 2 7V between and GND is DC2 5 2 7V If the voltage is out of the normal range the 485 communication IC is disabled P QE terminals Indoor units should be unified power supply which can prevent compressor from liquid hammer caused by dropped indoor units with EXV unclosed 160 Trounleshooting MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 12 4 6 High temperature protection Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby Top temperature protection of inverter compressor When the top temperature is over 120 the operation will stop when the temperature goes back to normal range PO disappear and normal operation resumes P4 Discharge temperature protection of all compressors When the discharge temperature of any compressor is over 120 C the operation will stop when the temperature goes back to normal range P4 disappear and normal operation resumes H6 When system appear 3 times P4 protection in 100 minutes It cannot resume automatically and it can resume only by restarting the machine 6 T7 T7C1 sensor is short Yes circuit or disabled System is lack of refrigerant Refrigerant recharging is not Yes Add refrigerant or check up according to the req
78. 27 24 x 71 258 x 0 958 7 18 kW Locion Rooma Room Room Remo Rome RoomF _ ond kW kW kW kW m E A A Capaci 22 Selection Procedure DM12 01 01 01en MIV V4 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 4 Conclusion Generally we think this result is acceptable so we can think we have accomplished the calculation But if you think this result is not acceptable you can repeat the above process Remark In this sample we don t consider the other capacity modification index and assume them are 1 0 For more details about the effect factor such as outside ambient inside ambient DB WD please refer to the performance table of indoor and outdoor units Selection Procedure 23 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 24 Part 3 Specification amp Performance t DC CINIGCALIONNS DI a 25 ZAR 29 3 Piping Diagrams ax Ed E 34 4 Electric ClidracteriSll6S EEN USE 36 5 Wiring Diagrams and Field Wiring 37 5 Operation 43 7 Capacity Table 44 8 DOUNG Ine 87 9 Outdoor Fan performance 88 WO SINC COS S ONO S 89 11 Functional parts and safety devices
79. 29 11 71 35 14 12 13 anr os un 1241 asr 1273 29i 1340 7 s sez 5220 5057 1288 s 5500 1333 5 1859 5400 1314 5220 1282 057 1211 aroo os sra 1236 sosr aroo 1048 sr 1090 s428 1247 or 1258 1286 1937 7 s sri 1956 4786 12 4620 106 7s 1889 sam 957 4786 4629 45 4 1005 ss 5588 5271 4957 4786 1070 4620 ne 1208 sari 4957 1045 4786 4629 89 m sees ns 3425 nes 1295 Specification amp performance 69 MIV V5 Heat DC Inverter R410A 7 6 37 29 12 05 37 29 12 38 37 14 12 70 DM13 01 01 01en 37 14 12 88 37 14 1304 3700 13 37 Ls poss pm su ue o ns sm or pw ow ee 137 sto 1286 o or mo mar
80. 3 If the vacuum degree of vacuum pump could be below 55mmdHg after hours of drying please check the system leakage source 4 Vacuum placement test when the vacuum degree reaches 755 keep rest for 1 hour If the indicator of vacuum gauge does not go up it is qualified If going up it indicates that there is moisture and leak source 5 Vacuum drying shall be conduct from liquid pipe and gas pipe simultaneously There are a lot of functional parts like valves which could shut down the gas flow midway 3 3 2 1 2 Special vacuum drying This kind of vacuum drying method shall be adopted when 1 Finding moisture during flushing refrigerant pipe 2 Conducting construction on rainy day because rain water might penetrated into pipeline 3 Construction period is long and rain water might penetrated into pipeline 4 Rain water might penetrate into pipeline during construction Procedures of special vacuum drying are as follows a The first vacuum drying 2 hours b The second vacuum damage filling nitrogen to 0 5Kgf cm Because nitrogen is dry gas vacuum damage could achieve the effect of vacuum drying but this method could not achieve drying thoroughly when there is too much moisture Therefore special attention shall be drawn to prevent the entering of water and the formation of condensate water c The second vacuum drying 1 hour It is qualified when vacuum degree is under 755mmbg if the vacuum degree is sti
81. 4307 583 538 2 716 350 3230 425 3757 602 4020 545 4211 572 688 27 16 3 54 32 30 4 28 37 57 5 08 40 20 5 47 42 11 5 77 43 07 5 92 44 03 6 02 6 276 362 322 3757 525 4020 563 4211 593 602 2746 365 3230 44s 3757 532 4020 570 4211 599 4307 604 44 03 mae as 420 211 60 07 amp are 4s rsr ss 1020 eo 4092 60 aoo 2 62 e sns 955 34 0 se 3517 080 e 182 945 se 956 sae 966 087 O 2489 3 12 2967 384 3446 457 3685 491 3924 530 4224 5 51 43 19 5 66 6 2489 328 2967 3 97 3446 474 3685 5 11 3924 5 50 4224 572 43 19 5388 pase sa 267 4o s446 3685 546 3024 556 4224 576 594 58 Specification amp performance 130 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 27 24 89 4 43 29 67 5 67 34 46 7 06 36 25 7 62 36 73 7 64 37 69 7 71 38 53 7 78 2480 2967 755 aso 3542 3637 000 39 24 89 6 44 29 67 8 32 32 54 9 43 33 02 9 48 33 50 9 53 34 34 9 62 35 30 9 71 41 24 89 6 51 29
82. 6 37 2 31 9 26 6 amp 1o 990 720 450 ane 1152 1056 960 62 S76 480 soe 112 1010 909 606 505 sup 1657 18 164 1212 1061 909 758 INDOOR UNIT CAPACITY INDEX Unit Size Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model Model 18 22 28 36 45 56 71 80 90 112 140 oe Unit Size Model Model Model Model 160 200 250 280 Selection Procedure 19 MIV V4 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM12 01 01 01en 1 3 Actual Performance Date Use OUTDOOR UNIT CAPACITY TABLES Determine correct table according to the outdoor unit model and combination ratio Enter the table at given indoor and outdoor temperature and find the outdoor unit capacity and power input The individual indoor unit capacity power input can by calculated as follows IUC OUC x INX TNX Where IUC Each indoor unit capacity OUC Outdoors unit capacity INX Each indoor unit capacity index TNX Total capacity index Then correct the indoor unit capacity according to the piping length If the corrected capacity is smaller than the load the size of indoor unit has to be increased and repeat the same selection procedure 1 4 Variation in capacity in accordance with the length of refrigerant pipe 1 4 1 Cooling capacity modificati
83. 67 8 38 32 29 9 50 32 77 9 54 33 25 9 59 33 90 9 69 34 23 9 78 ee ess 2067 956 961 3 090 5 ae 670 2067 s ses a217 9r 5270 975 0926 3339 1021 2 22 61 2 79 26 92 3 37 31 35 4 00 33 50 4 32 35 65 4 66 40 08 5 30 42 35 5 50 22 61 2 82 26 92 3 40 31 35 4 04 33 50 4 37 35 65 4 70 40 08 5 39 42 35 5 56 0 e me sss 420 560 4235 580 me so se 42 4008 55 4235 580 21 22 61 3 35 26 92 4 08 31 35 5 01 33 50 5 52 35 65 6 05 38 53 6 73 39 36 6 79 20 o 6 772 sse 835 pe 2542 ra ose 9 oar 960 s304 976 sse a ore 2662 as 952 s142 ost 5220 3323 982 o os 250 so 283 355 se 32 som 537 e ues zer 2 24 30 5 o 20 4 sse 503 266 2420 2024 a an 20 301 sos 396 566 C e 285 545 2824 40 30 5 5206 609 320 557 301 660 wes 704
84. 8 Commissioning and Trial Running 8 1 Work before Commissioning 8 1 1 Inspection and confirmation before Commissioning 1 Check and confirm that refrigeration pipe line and communication wire with indoor and outdoor unit have been connected to the same refrigeration system Otherwise operation troubles shall happen 2 Power voltage is within 10 of rated voltage 3 Check and confirm that the power wire and control wire are correctly connected 4 Check whether wire controller is properly connected 5 Before powering on confirm there is no short circuit to each line 6 Check whether all units have passed nitrogen pressure keeping test for 24 hours with RA10A 40kg cm 7 Confirm whether the system to Commissioning has been carried out vacuum drying and packed with refrigeration as required 8 1 2 Preparation before Commissioning 1 Calculating the additional refrigerant quantity for each set of unit according to the actual length of liquid pipe 2 Keep required refrigerant ready 3 Keep system plan system piping diagram and control wiring diagram ready 4 Record the setting address code on the system plan 5 Turn on power switches outdoor unit in advance and keep connected for above 12 hours so that heater heating up refrigerant oil in compressor 6 Turn on gas pipe stop valve liquid pipe stop valve oil balance valve and gas balance valve totally If the above valves do not be turned on totally the unit should be damage
85. DC Inverter R410A 3 Error code table Emm Communication error between outdoor units Only display on faulty slave unit all the ODU in standby Phase sequence error Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby E2 Indoor units and master unit communication error standby ___ Display on faulty unit all the ODU in E4 Ambient temperature sensor error standby E5 Voltage error Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby LE Pc 23 5 MPa and discharge temperature E7 Discharge temperature sensor error 245 C lasts for 2 minutes S11 setting doesn t match the capacity x represents pro 5 A system 2 Cammusnemrbemeem 0897 manch decreasing 0 Indoor unit quantities decreasing over 3 H7 Indoor unit quantities decreasing malfunction minutes Recovery when detected the max number of units o compressor top temperature protecion O C o lt T There are 3 times P2 protection in 30 minutes Display H5 can t recover xP3 Compressor over current protection Tor DUNS is B system PA Discharge temp sensor protection There are 3 times P2 protection in 100 minutes Display H6 can t recover x represents the system which it is There xP6 Inverter module protection are 3 times P6 protection in 30 minutes Display H4 can t recover There are 3 times P9 protection in 30 Fan mod
86. E 134 8 Commissioning and Trial Running 136 Commissioning Report for Midea MIV System 137 Installation 91 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 Installation Introduction 1 1 Select the Refrigerant Piping for MIV V5 series modular type 1 1 1 Length and drop height permitted of the Ts piping Table 4 1 L1 L2 L3 L8 L9 Total pipe length actual length 1000m x2 a b c i j Pipe length Farthest pipe length Equivalent length 200m Equivalent length L of pipe from the first branch to the farthest one Paus Drop height Outdoor unit up lt 70m 2 between indoor Drop unit and outdoor Outdoor unit height unit down Drop height between indoor unit and 30m indoor unit 7 Fig 4 1 Outdoor unit cc cc one or more outdoor units b iin zs A 140 N2 2 8 c Indoor unit P PAM E rs lt lt d 9 L4 C 5 2 140 2 140 u 7 Pipe between the farthest indoor unit The first branch joint 85 and outdoor unit equivalent length L lt 200m 9 S Pipe between the farthest indoor gt unit and first branch joint length Lx40 90 m go Do c y lt lt o lt a flee 5 5 Q 55 f 319 gt 56 Note 1 The allowable
87. Inverter VRF MDV and the No1 D series MDV in China In 2003 Midea completed the 2nd D series and 2nd V series MDV In 2005 Midea cooperated with Hitachi produced the No 1 module s AC Inverter V3 and digital scroll D3 In 2008 Midea launched out the MDV4 which is the R410A DC Inverter VRF and Modular design also In 2011 the new 4 was on sale which owns the entirely DC Inverter technology and new low noise technology full systems line up Heat Pump mini Heat Recovery Individual In 2013 Midea launched the DC Inverter MIV V5 Series outdoor unit 2 DC Inverter MIV V5 Introduction 2 1 Free combination the World s Largest Capacity 72HP MIV V5 Series achieves world s largest capacity of 72HP by combining maximum 4 outdoor units with 6 different capacities 8 10 12 14 16 and 18 HP and 64 indoor units can be connected max 2 2 High efficiency and Energy saving MIV V5 Series achieves the industry s top class energy efficiency of cooling and heating by utilizing all DC inverter compressors DC fan motors and high performance heat exchanger All DC inverter compressors contribute to higher IPLV greatly The highest IPLV is up to 5 8 2 2 1 High efficiency DC inverter compressor saving power 25 8HP amp 10HP units adopt one DC inverter compressor only 12 14 16 18HP adopt two DC inverter compressors With all DC inverter compressors MIV V5 Series offers a wide operation range from 20Hz to 200Hz New structure enhanced mid
88. Solid ground or roofing gt 2 gt 14 b 9 td Remark The key points to make basement 1 The master unit s basement must be made on the solid concrete ground Refer to the structure diagram to make concrete basement in detail or make after field measurements 2 In order to ensure every point can contact equality the basement should be on completely level 3 If the basement is placed on the roofing the detritus layer isn t needed but the concrete surface must be flat The standard concrete mixture ratio is cement 1 sand 2 carpolite 4 and adds 10 strengthen reinforcing steel bar the surface of the cement and sand plasm must be flat border of the basement must be chamfer angle 4 In order to drain off the seeper around the equipment a discharge ditch must be setup around the basement 5 Please check the affordability of the roofing to ensure the load capacity 2 2 5 Installation highlights for outdoor unit 1 Install vibration isolator or isolating pad between the set and the base by the design specification 2 Ensure close between the outdoor unit and the base or significant vibration and noise may occur 3 Ensure that outdoor unit is well grounded 4 Before commissioning do not turn on the valves of the gas pipe and liquid pipe of the outdoor unit 5 Ensure sufficient maintenance space is available at the installation site 2 2 6 Installation space for outdoor un
89. Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 19 8 20 35 73 13 09 35 55 13 63 35 55 14 19 35 38 1447 3538 1473 3520 1529 om pem pue wm us ws es ez pue ee pem ue m uz em pem pes se nm sem 12 _ 3 s ese s s pes sse ses e seo nee m sem o f oe es os are soo wom or om 95 sm roas _ 8 5 9 1 44 54 15 99 44 54 16 38 44 37 16 77 44 37 16 96 44 37 17 16 43 83 17 33 Ls cer Posie ses sem om om 58 ee sn inar ame seen 1225 em e em o s s oer mm se me somo sees vise aros em o oe er e se p se sees ems ws em 072 om 99 e e as n mn or sm ee se es m 3 oos pes pe es om n os s s se ee ore n 909 Lo p me pue pum sm pem pem
90. be purchased from Midea Company 2 Buttons and Functions 1 Query Button Press it to enter into the query state 2 Previous Button On the query state Press it to query in default the running states of other online air conditioners 3 Next Button 264 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A On the query state Press it to query in default the running states of other online air conditioners 4 Page up Button Pressing the Page Up button when choosing an online air conditioner on the query state can display the parameters in the previous page and this can be cycled 5 Page down Button Pressing the Page Down button when choosing an online air conditioner on the query state can display the parameters in the next page and this can be cycled 6 Set Button Press Set button enters into Set Page 7 Mode Button Pressing the OK button to enter into the Mode Set and select circularly between Forced Cooling and OFF state 8 OK Button Pressing the OK button to confirm all setting and send the corresponding air conditioners 9 Lock Button All the other button will not be controlled anytime when Pressing the button and unlock happens when Press it again 10 Address Set Button In Set page pressing the Set button repeatedly the address will be increased one by one When the address is equal 31 and you press once more the address will restart from 16 Control system 265
91. conditioner finally finish setting Control system 227 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 How to query the running status of the air conditioner Under the main interface 1 Press to enter the query status of single air conditioner displaying Query Press A toselectone air conditioner 4 JL V JCB 2 Press to view more parameters of the air conditioner 3 How to lock and unlock the remote controller of the air conditioner Under the main interface 1 Press Set to enter the setting status interface of single air conditioner press the button repeatedly to select Single and All alternately displaying Set If you select Single press toselectone 2 Selecting indicates to set the running status of all air conditioners and All is displayed Selecting Single displays the address the air conditioner for example if the air conditioner whose address is 12 is selected 12 is displayed 3 Press to send the lock or unlock command of the remote controller to the corresponding air conditioner and finish setting 4 How to lock and unlock the mode of the air conditioner Under the main interface 1 Press and hold Mode then press Lock enter the setting interface of the mode locking 2 press lt J to select cooling locking or heating locking press Confirmito send mode l
92. cotton to push against the main pipe opening at the gas side of indoor unit 2 When pressure increases and hands could not push against the opening suddenly release pipe opening flushing for first time Repeat above step1 and step 2 to re flush dirt flushing for multi times nitrogen gas cylinde air pressure 0 5 wood block calico side 3 During flushing place a piece of white cotton at the pipe opening for checking and you shall find some humidity occasionally Way of thoroughly drying pipeline is as follows 1 Making use of nitrogen gas to flush the inner part of pipe until no dirt and humidity 2 Carry out vacuum drying operation see vacuum drying of MIV refrigerant piping in detail 3 Shut down nitrogen main valve 4 Repeat above operations to the connected copper pipe of all indoor units 5 Sequence of flushing when pipeline has been connected to system sequence of flushing is from far to near that is in light of principal unit flushing from the farthest pipe opening to principal unit in turn i e 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 Caution When flushing one pipe opening block all pipe openings which are connected to this opening Installation 121 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 After finishing flushing seal soundly all openings linked with atmosphere to prevent the entering of dust trash and moisture 3 1 6 Installation highlight of pipe sys
93. data of the current page will be displayed If it is now in the first page press the key again and the last page will be displayed In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the temperature regulation mode the set temperature will decrease by 1 degree until the lowest allowed set temperature if it is in the timing startup shutdown time setting mode select the upper level set time if no time is set 0 0 will be displayed if you hold down the key the upper level data will be selected consecutively The specific change mode is as follows 0 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 4 0 4 5 5 0 5 5 6 0 6 5 7 0 7 5 8 0 8 5 lt 9 0 9 5 10 11 12 13 714 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 lt 22 lt 23 lt 24 14 ON OFF key Any time when you press the key the centralized startup shutdown operation is performed for all current in service air conditioners in the centralized controller network If all in service air conditioners in the network are in the power off status press the key to perform the startup operation If it is in the mode setting page currently and the parameters such as startup mode temperature and air speed are selected the air conditioner will be started according to the selected parameters If no mode is selected currently and the air conditioner is powered off or it is in other display page currently and the default startup mode is Cooling strong air set tempe
94. device which is able to control up to 64 indoor units And the connection length can be up to 1200m Both of the following wiring modes centralized monitor and indoor units are applicable Centralized controller z mg 3 1 1 General function description 1 Power on or reset When the centralized controller is powered on or reset all display segments of the LCD are luminous for 2 seconds and then goes off 1 second later the system enters the normal display status The centralized controller is in the main page display status and displays the first page and searches the in service air conditioners in the network Once the search is finished the centralized controller enters the mode setting page and sets the first in service air conditioner by default 2 Network area address of centralized controller The local computer or gateway can be up to connect with 16 centralized controllers for communication Each centralized controller serves as an area of the air conditioner network The centralized controllers are differentiated by bit selection address The configurable range is 0 15 3 State indications If any local keypad operation is setting the operation status of the air conditioner the indicator is on when the signals are sent Upon completion of the setting process the indicator goes off If an in service air conditioner in the network is faulty or the centralized controller network itself is faul
95. displayed If you hold down this key the row will decrease one by one In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the single operation mode the air conditioner corresponding to the previous row will be selected If it is in the global operation mode no effect will result after the key is pressed In the main page press the key to enter the query mode By default it is the first in service air conditioner 12 Add button In the main page or the query mode every time when you press the button the data of the last page will be displayed If it is now in the last page press the key again and the first page will be displayed In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the temperature regulation mode the set temperature will decrease by 1 until the highest allowed set temperature if it is in the timing Control system 209 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en startup shutdown time setting mode select the upper level set time if no time is set 0 0 will be displayed if you hold down the key the upper level data will be selected consecutively The specific change mode is as follows 0 050 5 1 0 1 5 52 052 5 53 053 5 54 0 4 5 55 0 55 5 6 0 56 5 7 0 7 5 8 058 5 59 0 59 5 510 11 12 513 514 515 516 17 18 19 520 21 22 23 24 13 Reduce button In the main page or the query mode every time when you press this key the
96. drainage pipe shall not contact with ground directly indoor unit main pipe 4 1 3 Caution 1 The drainage pipe diameter shall meet the draining requirement of indoor unit 2 The outlet air vent cannot be installed nearby the lifting pump of the indoor unit 3 Check whether condensate water pump can be started up and shut down normally by infusing water into the water containing plate of indoor unit and powering on 4 joints shall be firm particularly PVC pipe 5 The drainage pipe is not allowed to turn to adverse slope horizontal and bending 6 Dimension of drainage pipe shall be not less than the connecting mouth size of drain piping to indoor unit 7 Work out thermal insulation of drainage pipe otherwise it is easy to produce condensation Thermal insulation processing shall be continued to the connecting part of indoor unit 8 Indoor units with different draining pattern shall not share the same concentrated drainage pipe 9 Discharge of condensate water cannot influence normal life and working of other people 10 As for long drainage pipe hanging bolt shall be used to ensure 1 100 slope without bending PVC pipe The support gap of horizontal pipe is 0 8 1 0mm If the gap is too large it shall produce bending and air resistance while air resistance could seriously influence smoothness of water flow to cause abnormal water level As shown in following figure cn
97. duct fle X ceiling amp floor F loor standing floor standing E floor standing exposed floor standing exposed D console Manufacturer s brand and class of the system M idea V RF General Information DM12 01 01 01en Selection Procedure MIV V4 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Part 2 Selection Procedure OM S S D 18 2 Unit selection Based on cooling load 22 17 MIV V4 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM12 01 01 01en 1 Introduction 1 1 Model Selection Procedure Select the model and calculate the capacity for each refrigerant system according to the procedure shown below Calculation of the indoor air conditioning load e Calculate the maximum air conditioning load for each room or zone Selection of an air conditioning system e Select the ideal air conditioning system for air conditioning of each room or zone Design of the control system e Design a suitable control system for the selected air conditioning system Preliminary selection of indoor and outdoor units e Make preliminary selections that are within the allowable range for the system Check of the tubing length and elevation difference e Check that the length of refrigerant tubing and the elevation difference are within the allowable ranges Calculation of the corrected outdoor unit capacity e Capacity correction coefficient for model outdoor temperature conditions tubing length a
98. indication of error codes are as the 2 tables below Table 1 Fault code 214 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A EEPROM error O Communication malfunction LEM Phase sequence disorder or loss of power phase Communication malfunction between centralized controller and PC gateway tar ees tire eer dna aos Communication malfunction between centralized controller and network interface module Communication malfunction between network interface module and main control board Table 2 Protection code OL ELENCO NEN Control system 215 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 216 Temp of discharge pipe is abnormal Temp of compressor is abnormal Condenser high temperature protection Anti cool air or defrost protection Evaporator temperature protection Note The installation procedure show in Fig 1 1 Fig 1 5 is for MD CCMO3 A and UL CCMOS AYE Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A RS232 Pin hole for connection to computer COM port o 85485 Converted 85232 modul Emergency Open Swich used to t star up all air conditioners Emergency Stop Swich used to shut down all air conditioners LIS Communication interface eg AIS TEE ane 14 2s P
99. insulation material U shape pipe should be fixed outside the round log and the round log should be provided with anticorrosion treatment Pipe Diameter mm Less than 620 620 40 Larger than 40 3 Local fixing To avoid stress concentration due to expansion and shrinkage of the pipe it is usually required to conduct local fixing beside the wall through holes of the branch pipe and end pipe 3 1 1 4 Requirements for installing branch pipe subassembly When laying the branch pipe subassembly pay attention to the following Installation 113 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 Do not replace branch pipe with tee pipe 2 Follow the construction drawing and installation instructions to confirm the models of branch pipe subassembly as well as the diameters of main pipe and branch pipe 3 Neither sharp bend an angle of 90 nor connection to other branch pipe subassembly is allowed at places within 500mm away from the branch pipe subassembly 4 Try best to install the branch pipe subassembly at a place that facilitates welding if doing so is impossible it is recommended to prefabricate the subassembly 5 Install vertical or horizontal branch joint and ensure that the horizontal angle is within 10 Refer to the right side picture U shaped branching pipe A direction view Wrong Correct 9 10 122222222 Horizontal surface 6 For avoid oil accumulate at the outdoor unit please install the bran
100. m gt Dx EXVB gt 77 ESS ST C Unloading valve m i gt 3 2x1 9x1000 BE 62 SV2 Lov pressure d V ag 2x1 1x2500 02 0 184P we gt 5 o gt o Remark 1 8 10 HP models only have one inverter compressor 2 12 18HP have two DC inverter compressors 3 14 18HP models have two EXV parts at the high pressure pipe side different with 12HP model Key Components Oil Separator used to separate oil from high pressure amp temperature gas refrigerant which is pumped out from compressor The separation efficiency is up to 99 it makes the oil return back to each compressor very soon Low pressure receiver is used to store the liquid refrigerant and oil it can protect the compressor from liquid hammer Four way valve control ST1 Closed in cooling mode and open in heating mode EXV electromagnetic expansion valve control 1 Max Open degree is 480 pulses 2 Generally when system is plug in the EXV closes 700pulse first then opens to 350 pulse and stand by When then the unit started it opens to the right pulse 3 When the running outdoor unit receives O
101. of refrigerant suction pressure are both lower than normal value current is lower than normal value suction pipe may be frosting All the phenomenon will disappear after recharging refrigerant 2 The phenomenon of the low pressure side is blocked The discharge temperature is higher than normal value low pressure is lower than normal value current is lower than normal value and suction pipe may be frosting The normal system running parameters please refer to attached table 3 If the system install three phase protector and the three phase protector connect with high pressure switch in series connection the system will display P1 protection when fist power on and P1 protection will disappear after system is steady the system install three phase protector and the three phase protector connect with low pressure switch in series connection the system will display P2 protection when fist power on and P2 protection will disappear after system is steady Troubleshooting 163 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 15 xP3 P7 Compressor current protection Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby P3 Current protection of inverter compressor When the current of inverter compressor is over 12A the system will display P3 protection all the ODU in standby When the current goes back to normal range P3 disappear and normal operation resumes P7 Current protection of fixed compressor When the current o
102. off Inthe address setting mode there are 2 main functions Querying address Please point the remote controller to the indoor unit then press MODE button the corresponding indoor unit will display its address Setting address Use the UP and DOWN buttons to choose an address you want Then point the remote controller to the indoor unit and then press the FAN button to set the indoor 5 address The corresponding indoor unit will display the new address and record it After about 4 seconds this displaying will fade out and the indoor units turn to normal display mode Note the address cannot be repeated in the same system After setting all the addresses users can press the LOCK button for 5 seconds to exit the address setting mode 184 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 Wired controller 2 1 KJR 10B DP T E KJR 10B DP T E EN CENE NN General control function and without backlight With the Air filter cleaning KJR 10B DP T E remind function setting address initialization settings and connected to the indoor unit display panel s corresponding port Wired controller specifications Power Supply Voltage 5 0V DC Ambient Temperature Range 15 C 43 C 5 F 1097 Ambient Humidity Range RH40 RH90 Performance Features 1 Operating mode Cool heat dry fan and auto 2 Set the mode through buttons 3 Indoor setting temperature range 17 C 30 C 4 LCD
103. oor 619 800 a sa sees oros sso 600 aor esr sar 735 3e are or eae ser pura ow 526 4s 5 649 or 659 237 855 am 510 9753 eo 4050 oor 69 amor 799 Soi 44e 3263 542 953 4050 ser nor rss 23r 520 S90 ase 5263 ser 9753 ese 4050 766 oor 95 5054 1080 ss 526 rs oro 9 07 1092 aroo 1237 4805 1247 6 5263 9793 1092 4050 1204 oor 1524 4484 4596 1388_ a es 263 ors aco 4050 1039 exor arsa 1080 arse 1082 s 32 ass 5a ez 549 sor 685 ca an eza sr 490 54 sor ar73 692 _ 334 s sso os sor 616 ars 70i 35 486 526 xor 973 737 Specification amp performance 73 MIV V5 Heat rump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 70 60 C a ars
104. or 380V high voltage cable directly and it can t be placed at the same wiring pipe with the above described loop and the interval space of the wiring pipes should be at least more than 300 500mm 262 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 4 Outdoor unit controller MD CCMO02 E gt RS485 communication protocol gt Upto 8 systems max 32 outdoor units can be connected to the Network monitoring and BMS gt display the operating parameter of outdoor units gt display the error or protection code of outdoor units 6 4 1 Summarize of outdoor CCM The functional only can be realized when the system is in normal operation 1 2 can realize the central control and data query to outdoor units One outdoor CCM can connect up to 8 systems and up to 32 outdoor units by communication ports in outdoor PCB And it adopts wire connecting method communication to realize central control to the outdoor units in the same network 2 can communicate with PC through RS485 RS232 converter One PC can connect up to 16 outdoor CCM and 16 indoor CCM And one PC can be centralized control management and status query in the same monitoring network of all outdoor CCM indoor CCM and indoor outdoor units 3 The CCM and outdoor units PC and CCM adopt main auxiliary communication In the network of CCM and outdoor units CCM is the main unit and outdoor units are the auxiliary units 6 4
105. pas wa am po e 18 26 4 41 17 23 4 14 16 20 3 87 15 69 3 73 15 17 3 60 14 14 3 34 4 1 18 26 4 17 17 23 3 91 16 20 3 66 15 69 3 54 15 17 3 41 14 14 3 17 E rs m wz ss 2 sor 207 Loss oem pss mm ps oem sw 56 so ww 2 1521 seo 1350 1290 12 528 486 _ 9 8 11 15 21 5 27 14 35 4 93 13 50 4 59 12 99 4 42 12 56 4 26 11 71 3 95 o or sz s was se 346 1200 25 300 os ws sor 12 29 29 274 129 2e 25 24 os sz 29 29 1200 25 12s 248 22 Note 1 is shown as reference 2 heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 50 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 10HP cooling mode Indoor temperature C WB Combination f 1 Outdoor DB 20 8 WB 14 DB 23 3 WB 16 DB 25 8 WB 18 DB 27 WB 19 DB 28 2 WB 20 DB 30 7 WB 22 DB 32 WB 24 temperature C 349 3400 3
106. pipe d is more than or equal to 15 88mm the thickness of insulation layer 6 shall be above 20mm 2 In hot and wet environment the above recommended value shall be increased one time Note The outdoor pipeline shall be protected by metal case to proof sunshine storm and air erosion and prevent damage of external force or man made destroy 6 1 5 Installation and highlights of insulation construction 1 Example of wrong operation Gas pipe and liquid pipe are carried out insulation together causing the operation effect of air conditioner is bad 2 Example of correct operation a Gas pipe and liquid pipe are carried out heat insulation separately Liquid pipe Insulated material Gas pipe Outside bind Liquid pipe Insulated material Gas pipe Caution No bind here Note After gas pipe and liquid pipe are carried out neat insulation separately bind with tape If it is bound over tightly the spliced insulation joint shall be damaged b The surrounding of pipe connecting section shall be carried out insulation entirely machine 132 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Highlights 1 No gap in joint of insulation materials 2 If the joint of insulation materials is linked tardily and tape is bound over tightly shrinkage and leakage shall be produced easily to create phenomena of dew drop The over tightened tape shall edge out air in material leading to decrease the insulation effect
107. sos zem 2 17 01 1 87 20 25 2 25 23 58 2 67 25 20 2 88 26 82 3 11 30 15 3 54 31 86 3 68 s ro us os 22 270 520 ze aw sow s sue 372 2 wer ase 026 220 520 2 ze ave ses ore 378 mo ozs 23r ses 32r sow 3e Ls ro ee 2026 2620 ses ze sue 210 ses 2873 9m e me zer 2042 648 2207 ees 685 671 er sez 20 2124 237 258 zem 275 ave so s oem us sez 210 pma 27 288 aro sw Ls poem ue zw pma 255 me zm oem 200 pane sw xe 370 Specification amp performance 45 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 80 70 46 15 30 2 28 18 27 2 87 21 24 3 52 22 68 3 88 24 12 4 25 27 09 5 05 27 72 5 11 a se sta sm ze am a2 454 se sae soo as 1500 e mos ew zm ee 2432 mm ort C o es e em 17 mer 205 2o16 2 mer ave zm sem an Ls em re eer 216 2151 260 pm 287 sen 32r s es so sem 1e 221 2o16 238 2151 255 ave 252 sen 13 59 1 75 16 20 2 11 18 81 2 49 20 16 2 68 21 51 2 87 24
108. to check whether power supply for 25 CN12 28 CN15 and 32 CN19 terminals are abnormal The voltage input for 25 CN12 and 28 CN15 terminals are both 220V the voltage input between GND and 5 terminals of 32 CN19 port is 5V and between GND and 12V terminals of 32 CN19 port is 12V 2 How to check whether the transformer on PCB is disabled The voltage input for 25 CN12 and 28 CN15 terminals are both 220V the voltage output of 25 CN12 terminal is AC9V yellow yellow and AC13 5V brown brown the voltage output of 28 CN15 terminal is AC14 5V yellow yellow and AC 14 5V blue blue If the voltage is out of the range the transformer is disabled CN19 Power supply for PCB s ut 7 T A CB E n CN15 Power output for No 2 3 e transformer 1 ma TT o n a LT wT WIL nJ P al u nal 7 be e 5 CN12 Power output for No 1 transformer MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 10 H2 H3 H2 Quantity of outdoor units decrease error Only display on master unit all the ODU in standby H3 Quantity of outdoor units increase error Only display on master unit all the ODU in standby Fasten the communication wire Communication wire between outdoor units is loose NO Some outdoor units addresses ENC1 are setting repeatedly
109. ue p ex Dmm em prm se sue vs c LU 13 50 1 83 16 14 2 11 18 71 2 43 20 00 2 54 21 29 2 68 23 86 3 05 26 57 3 29 mo zu ms 35 19 222 jer 29 2000 265 212 281 2586 316 2657 345 s 358 155 220 261 2000 275 2129 252 2586 32 2657 365 2 239 266 00 zer 2128 2 2586 334 2657 377 _ L m 35 256 20 mm su 2120 835 zs 257 22 259 1871 2 200 2129 34 2586 2657 43 Note 1 is shown as reference 2 cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 46 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 68 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 14HP heating mode Outdoor Combination Indoor temperature C WB as PEUT Capacity Hr tmm C DB WB 418 as 3345 3345 1035 3300 1080 330 1103 8288 1125 3288 an 1027 1070 asr 119 _ 9 5 10 35 58 10 46 35 43 10 89 35 29 11 29 35 29 11 51 35
110. weight of indoor unit 2 Check the models of indoor units before installation 3 Pay attention to the main devices such as the pipeline 4 Hold enough places for maintenance 1 2 4 Refrigerant pipe procedure Install indoor units Install pipe Add Nitrogen 1 2 5 Drainage pipe procedure Install indoor units Connect drainpipe Check water leakage Drainpipe heat insulation and test run Note is no need to insulate the drainpipe if you choose the plastic pipe as drainpipe 1 2 6 Electric wiring 1 2 6 1 Please select power supply for indoor unit and outdoor unit separately Both indoor units and outdoor units should be grounded well 1 2 6 2 The power supply should have specified branch circuit with leakage protector and manual switch 1 2 6 3 Please put the connective wiring system between indoor unit and outdoor unit with refrigerant piping system together 1 2 6 4 Power wiring should be done by professional electrician and complied with relevant National Electric Standard 1 2 6 5 The power supply leakage protector and manual switch of all the indoor units connecting to the same outdoor unit should be universal Please set all the indoor unit power supply of one system into the same circuit 1 2 6 6 It is suggested to use 3 core shielded wire as signal wire between indoor and outdoor units multi core wire is unavailable Pay attention to the consistency When signal wire parallel to the power wire please keep enough distance abo
111. will increase 1 hour each time x 0 5 seconds later after finishing the adjustment the wired controller sends the information of time off the timer off setting is completed 6 Set the Time of Timer ON and Timer OFF Simultaneously x Press button TIME ON the wired controller display SETTING the icons of HOUR and ON display on the timer setting area The wired controller enters into the setting of timer off x Press button TIME ON again and then adjust the time of timer off as desired 190 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A x Press button TIME OFF the wired controller display SETTING the icons of HOUR and OFF display on the timer setting area The wired controller enters into the setting of timer off x Press button TIME OFF again and then adjust the time of timer off as desired x When set the timer on and timer off simultaneously if the setting times of timer and timer off are less than 10 hours then timer off time will always 0 5 hours later than the timer on If the setting times of timer on and timer off is always later 1 hour than timer on x 0 5 seconds later after finishing the adjustment the wired controller sends the information of timer the timer off and timer on setting are completed 7 Cancel the Timer Setting x Press the TIME ON and TIME OFF OK once more x Adjust the time of timer on and timer off as 0 0 to cancel the timer on and timer off Notes The time of timer
112. with LCD backlight Temperature setting Wireless remote control restriction Sleep and Silent mode Mode lock Permanent schedule setting storage Confirm Time Weekly Program Query Set Add Mode Fan Swing VV ON ON ON V T ce Reset Lock 3 2 1 System configure MD CCMO9Y E is only an indoor unit centralized controller but with this device we could set the indoor unit s functions compactly and conveniently 1 All the indoor units and outdoor units are MIV V5 series the topology of the network can be as follows Moreover the 279 way of connecting is also adaptable in this condition 3 2 2 LCD display or display gt with model MD CCMOS E H A MD CCMO9 E H Current Set temp Query Set unsuccess Mode us RET ALL Protect HAT Online ON OFF Error LL 128 13 Period Room temp 2 3 HERI o e Week Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 31011 1218 15 02 03 08 05 06 07 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3 40 48 07 39 99 cS Qo gt Cc e SS g s s amp uU 3 41 42 43 44 as 46 47 4 of Fan lt 8 88 p DE BB 220 Control system 30 92 J A 251 y SN ec gt
113. with diameter of 1mm to Press the RESET button to cancel the current settings and get into the condition of resetting 7 ON OFF Button Press the button at the condition of OFF the OPERATION lamp lights and the wired controller enters into ON operation simultaneously sends the setting operation information e g temperature fan speed timer etc to the units Press the button at the condition of ON the OPERATION lamp extinguishes simultaneously enters into OFF If having set TIMER ON or TIMER OFF the wired controller will cancel these settings before entering into OFF close the relevant indicator and then send the OFF information 8 Adjust Button A Set indoor temperature up If press and hold on it will increase at 1 degree per 0 5 second 9 Adjust Button Set indoor temperature down If press and hold on it will decrease at 1degreeper 0 5 second 10 5 Button Press this button for the first time in running time start the swing function Press the button for the second time cancel the swing function Match to some model with swing function 11 Economical Button Press the button to set the economical operation mode Press again to cancel the mode The operation mode is suitable for sleeping time 12 Fan Speed Selection Button Select the fan speed from AUTO LOW MED to Each time Press the button the fan speed will change in turn as follow Auto el al 5 alc SB
114. 0 4257 ao 944 zs 322 20 00 sas 497 39 528 eos arri 521 39 553 723 sri 488 200 arr 730 e 29 2900 aaa 525 ser 6 arr 785 i 2000 635 sso 6 4300 S4 sar 2 00 ess sri az sez ize 1096 4214 1108 zas 2672 ss 20 455 328 525 4248 599 e as 3o 2672 ss soo sr 3828 559 4248 629 66 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 Den V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A as am 12 se asi 320 ee sew 522 5 672 m sor ze ees som see sem om Ge Lm xe pem pee pem 21 57 3 79 25 72 4 72 29 86 5 76 32 00 6 32 34 14 6 90 38 28 8 15 42 43 9 50 21 57 4 04 25 72 5 03 29 86 6 14 32 00 6 73 34 14 7 37 38 28 8 70 42 43 10 16 zem ss sse ess p wm sew 920 tz 1055 as mer ass 2572
115. 0 08 00 2 4 2 options for outdoor units Night silent mode silence mode super silence mode 2 4 3 Optimized fan design strengthen heat exchanger By CFD software the newly designed fan and grille enhance fan performance greatly and decrease the running noise as well New designed fan outlet grille New designed fan impeller Conventional fan impeller 2 5 High Reliability 2 5 1 Double Cycle Duty operation Cycle duty operation both between the modules in one system and the compressors in one module which extend the system lifespan significantly The outdoor unit cycle duty operation happens once when running max 125 minutes Priority Priority 2 4 Compressor cycle duty in one module Cycle duty between modules General Information 5 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 5 2 Double Backup operation Outdoor unit adopts double backup function If one module failed other modules can be backup instead of the failed one or if one of the compressors in one module failed the other one can backup for continuing operation Compressor backup in one module Compressor backup among modules Start backup operation N Running state 1 T t Stand by state Start backup operation e Fault Stop state Start backup operation 2 5 3 Dynamic gas balance technology Dynamic vector balance technology no need to install gas balance pipe High precision press
116. 0 8 14 21 65 7 85 20 93 7 56 19 51 6 99 s se 335 ez 252 772 2250 ra 285 209 622 or se 39 2250 2 660 209 591 f or 35 7 5 em 25 620 285 eor 20 ser 546 s 25 sss sse 216 ms 459 3 se 2260 215 709 a7 os 3s 635 2552 2250 ars 285 aor 709 Note 1 is shown as reference 2 heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 Specification amp performance 71 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 16HP cooling mode Indoor temperature C WB iE Outdoor DB 20 8 WB 14 DB 23 3 WB 16 DB 25 8 WB 18 DB 27 WB 19 DB 28 2 WB 20 DB 30 7 WB 22 DB 32 WB 24 Ca adit temperature C nr pes 39 54 E NER C p per ERE 5 o 4A E e ses sse aro sisa oss sors ser ars 5951 390 6097 693 39 ew sioe sara sor sar ace 99 ss ao rr 6448 405 6620
117. 12 3 34 26 73 3 88 a or wm ese zs mw o es um 21 voor 288 251 aw pem 70 se 1_ 38 15 38 14 3E DI ARAS NI AK 13 59 59 197 197 1620 20 245 18 81 81 299 20 16 16 329 E 7m 59 2442 12 424 26 73 73 4 94 13 59 2 10 16 20 2 61 18 81 3 19 20 16 3 50 21 51 3 83 EN 12 EN 26 73 5 28 a feel eee ee ee as es ee tem se voor m 2151 ser ae 685 2405 660 Ls pee ee m m peer re 29 er 20 aros 231 me 2 _ Ls pee us em peer 2 218 mem ze me 270 s pee ss em see 3m wer 20 ser 220 251 2340 266 as ne sem s3 see woe aso wer e 2106 se 2340 606 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 10 17 1 09 12 15 1 27 14 13 1 48 15 12 1 58 16 11 1 70 18 09 1 91 20 07 2 19 2 ese pes m es 3s pan ose mr et o onr p wm me ter sem 152 m te en ws 197 2007 t ww ver 122 wr sen 183 208 2097 mme ve me 1m wa Ten ver 212 2007 2 10 17 2 07 12 15 2 56 14 13 3 06 15 12 3 35 16 11 3 64 18 09 4 29 20 07 4 96 La is ws Deu oe
118. 13 Lock Button hidden Use a small stick with the diameter of 1mm to press the LOCK button all current settings are locked in and the wired controller does not accept any operation except that of the LOCK button Use the lock mode when you want to prevent setting from being changed accidentally or play fully Press the button again then cancel the LOCK setting Control system 199 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 2 3 LCD display CD 9 MEE TO COOL DAY MEAT FAN _ ue dn ERES gt TEMP 5 pmi ON OFF 2 1 Mode display When press button the following mode can be selected in circle gt AUTO COOL DRY HEAT FAN Notes For cooling only model heat mode is invalid 2 TIMER ON OFF Display When adjust setting on timer or only on timer is set the ON is lighted When adjust setting off timer or only off timer is set the OFF is lighted If on and off timer are both set the ON and OFF are both lighted 3 Follow Me Function There is a temperature sensor inside the wired controller after setting temperature it will compare the two temperatures and the temperatures at wired controller space will be the same as setting temperature is available under cooling heating and auto mode 4 ON OFF Display When it is on the icon display otherwise it is extinguished 5 Fan Speed Display Press FAN SPEED to select fan speed from AUT
119. 19 05 15 88 12 7 118 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 Cautions for Welding Pipe Fittings 1 Adopt transition pipe 2 Charge nitrogen from the side of the short pipe because short distance may result in perfectible nitrogen replacement effect brazing welding part N EN M 4m nitrogen copper pipe direct connection assistant pipe assembly brazing welding part T EI ES n T X 5 m e Ps assistant pipe assembly S 5 Standard operation of Brazing Welding VD brazing weld part copper pipe 1 4 valve decompress valve en nitrogen ERR Pedo NE ME EM P copper pipe hign pressure flexible pipe copper pipe fittings nitrogen charging connecting fitting nitrogen gas cylinder 6 Highlight 1 Control the nitrogen pressure to be about 0 2 0 3kgf cm during the welding 2 Ensure the gas is nitrogen oxygen will easily leads explosion so it is forbidden 3 Use pressure reducing valve and control the pressure of the charged nitrogen to be about 0 2 4 Select a proper position for charging nitrogen 5 Ensure that the nitrogen passes through the welding spots 6 If the pipeline between the position for charging nitrogen
120. 3 56 9 58 43 91 9 63 43 72 9 62 44 51 10 38 0 32 43 4 55 38 57 5 50 44 86 6 53 48 00 7 03 50 29 7 42 51 43 7 60 52 57 7 14 6 3243 465 3857 567 4486 675 4800 724 5029 763 5143 774 5257 780 s 3857 573 4486 684 733 5029 6143 776 5257 784 w ss mss eoo 400 so rz s148 5257 787 sas se s sse ace sos 0 926 20 ses 471 99 4586 959 1008 45 3243 990 3771 1235 38 58 1247 3941 12 52 3974 1256 40 14 12 58 40 84 1322 O 2974 401 3543 494 4114 5 88 4400 6 31 46 86 6 81 5043 708 51 57 728 4 2971 418 3543 504 4144 6 03 4400 6 46 46 86 6 99 5043 728 5157 744 6 2974 422 3543 5 10 41 14 6 09 4400 6 56 46 86 7 07 5043 7 36 5157 7 55 34 sw 668 746 6043 741 515 763 Specification amp performance 65 MIV V5 Heat DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 29 71 5 70 3543 729 41 14 9 08 4329 979 43 86 9 82 4500 9 91 46 00 10 01 m sr rs paa sm 272 15 oss 1042 C a on ear 830 tw 4200 108
121. 44 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 2 Dial codes definition ENC1 51253 S7 S8 2 S1 4 2 5 56 4 S10 511 E 1234 Starting time is set about 10 minutes otarting time is set about 12 minutes Default 52 night silent time selection 12 3 123 123 53 silent mode selection Static pressure mode islow pressure Reserve position use for customized unit Static pressure mode is Static pressure mode is medium pressure high pressure Reserve Reserve position use position use for for customized unit customized unit Static pressure mode is MPa Default 55 locking modes selection pi un 123 123 Heating priority Cooling priority Only respond to Only respond to priority mode default mode T the heating mode the cooling mode Capacity priority 56 addressing type selection Nonautomatic search address Clean the indoor unit The communication way of the addresses original digital indoor units Effective to automatic Default searching new Automatic search addressing Troubleshooting 145 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A digital indoor uints S7 reserved 58 reserved 510 reserved 511 outdoor unit capacity setting S11 11 1234 1234 1234 8 10 HP outdoor unit setting 12 14 16 HP outdoor unit setting 18 HP outdoor unit setting ENC1 Outdoor uni
122. 6 2 Hotel card key interface module 5 1 254 6 3 Infrared sensor controller MD NIMOSGF E 258 6 4 Outdoor unit controller 2 263 6 5 Mode lock controller nnne nnn 274 6 6 Fault alarm controller KJR 932B E erret enira ror nc e en ez 278 6 7 AHU control box 14 amp 28 amp 56kW AHUKZ 01 AHUKZ 02 AHUKZ 03 281 6 8 HRV wired controller 27 nena 287 Control system 179 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 Wireless remote controller Controller Appearance Model Description E General functions big screen and LCD display with RMOS BG T E A back light display clock function address setting Wireless function remote controller General functions big screen and LCD display with RO5 BGE A back light display clock function Notes General functions include the ON OFF setting mode AUTO COOL HEAT DRY and FAN Fan speed Temperature setting Timer function 180 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 1 RO5 BGE A RM05 BG T E A Remote controller specifications Model RO5 BGE A 5 T E A Rated Voltage 3 0V 2 pieces of LRO3 74 batteries Lowest Voltag
123. 74 3530 3 90 37 00 Capacity index 29 30 24 60 29 30 286 286 2530 C C W C C C 595 __ e aso 546 230 se 452 359 4e 370 ss rss 472 260 2920 sss 3050 664 030 675 682 48 24 60 5 99 27 60 5 77 29 94 5 98 30 49 5 93 30 74 5 96 30 60 5 96 31 16 6 43 22 70 2 82 27 00 3 41 31 40 4 04 33 60 4 35 35 20 4 59 36 00 4 71 36 80 4 79 2 2270 282 27 00 344 3140 407 33 60 4 39 3520 4 61 36 00 475 3680 480 4 2270 285 27 00 348 3140 413 33 60 443 3520 4 67 3600 476 36 80 482 6 288 5700 351 3140 418 448 3520 472 3600 479 3680 483 8 291 2700 355 3390 454 3520 4 77 3600 3680 485 as ure o s 772 2007 se 0 2080 248 2480 3 06 2880 3 64 30 80 391 3280 4 22 3530 439 36 10 451 6 X 2080 261 2480 3 16 28 80 3 77 30 80 407 3280 4 38 3530 456 36 10 468 e os 2e 321 280 ser an 9280 252 as 310 473 Specification amp performance 51 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 27 20 80 3 53 2480 452 2880 562 30 30 607 30 70 6 09 31 550 6 14 3220 620
124. 8 Fix scroll compressor start This step is omitted for 8HP amp 10HP models 9 2 Inverter compressor running frequency will adjust according the capacity requirement Specification amp performance 35 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 Electric Characteristics Outdoor Unt Compressor OM _ votage mn max mca roca mea KW x so ses wo 04m aa MVUHSSSB VAS so ses so so 09 em m eet ser MVUHASOB VA3 50 380 415 0 391x2 3 4x2 Remark MCA Min Current Amps A TOCA Total Over current Amps A MFA Max Fuse Amps A MSC Max Starting Amps A RLA Rated Locked Amps A OFM Outdoor Fan Motor FLA Full Load Amps A KW Rated Motor Output KW Notes 1 RLA is based on the following conditions Indoor temp 27 19 temp 35 DB 2 means the total value of each OC set 3 MSC means the Max current during the starting of compressor 4 Voltage range Units are suitable for use on electrical systems where voltage supplied to unit terminals is not below or above listed range limits 5 Maximum allowable voltage variation between phases is 296 6 Selection wire size based on the larger value of MCA or TOCA 7 MFA is used to select t
125. 9 4257 4372 1072 eri 1085 739 354 4045 Mm 4120 229 pre we ws nm es nn pes ne pum wm pem ve 29 71 8 28 35 43 10 69 38 86 12 12 39 43 12 18 40 00 12 24 41 00 12 37 42 15 12 49 29 71 8 37 35 43 10 78 38 55 12 21 39 12 12 27 39 70 12 33 40 48 12 45 40 88 12 57 L a se sse tose 325 25 1236 1242 1250 25 1283_ on oss aree 1241 sear 1250 1253 1284 soe 13 19 ag ses sas sem eo sor o1 Ls pss pam sm pem esr ss soar 703 27 00 3 59 32 14 4 33 37 43 5 14 40 00 5 55 42 57 5 99 47 86 6 81 50 57 7 07 27 00 3 63 32 14 4 37 37 43 5 20 40 00 5 62 42 57 6 05 47 86 6 93 50 57 7 15 L 3 sm sm o sm en ares rw ser ro en 9743 s33 40 677 4257 649 arse 735 e zo ar sew as 9743 4257 628 720 5057 746 ss 4e sre sso 40 soe 4257 638 arse 5057 759 100 27 00 4 31 32 14 5 24 37 43 6 44 40 00 7 10 42 57 7 18 46 00 8 65 47 00 8 73 areae sso psu 000 am 5 ss ss s 4628 m ser ors 73
126. A Fault alarm base Fault alarm main control panel Fault alarm cover Fault alarmoperation fault display lamp Fix the base at the holes and use the cross screwdriver to screw the cross recessed pan head tapping screws into the plastic expanded tube and fix the base Use electric drill to drill four holes with and depth are 30mm and then put the plastic expanded tube into the holes 280 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 7 control box 14 amp 28 amp 56kW AHUKZ 01 AHUKZ 02 AHUKZ 03 ZR Electrical mounting plate can be flipped easy to install and maintain Can be used to connect VRF outdoor units with DX AHU or other brand indoor units but cannot connect to the heat recovery system The Sheet Metal integration design Built in electronic expansion valve One main control board Add the T2C indoor evaporator inlet sensor With failure feedback function Can onlv connect to RA10A refriaerant svstem The new AHU control boxes of 14 kW 28 and 56 kW can be used to connect VRF outdoor units with DX AHU or other brand indoor units but cannot connect to the heat recovery system The EXV is controlled by superheat degree one gas pipe and one liquid pipe easy to install and maintain The diameters of these three models are different you can choose you need models 6 7 1 Electric control box wiring figure AHUKZ 01 A
127. CMO3 and it must be connected from outdoor unit s XYE the new and the old indoor units or MIV indoor units cannot be applied to this function MD LonGW64 helps other LonWorks devices gathering the information from the Midea central and help setting the indoor units working mode lt Connect Central A C system to LonWorks network e lt core control module applies flash memory Easily download the program on line lt LonGW64 gateway applies non polar twisted pair lines which EERBREHZASAAAA Pee ee Peers rrr tee eer ee rr E E POP eee ret errs ss makes connecting to LonWorks network easily lt able to bridge the indoor units to the BMS 4 1 1 General Function Control system 237 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 1 2 System configure Indoor units can be connected to the MD LonGW64 gateway and we can gather all the units information and control the indoor units through MD LonGW64 As a result the indoor units need firstly connecting to the computer to make a central monitoring system The composition of the whole network is as follows MD LonGW6e4 E Indoor units Maximum of 64 units BMS SYSTEM This connection method is suitable for all of the air conditioners system Indoor units Maximum of 64 units the network address is unique SYSTEM 1 MD LonGW64
128. DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 5 Network monitoring system 5 1 The 4thgeneration network monitoring system IMM Intelligent Manager of Midea Intelligent Manager of Midea designed specifically to control VRF systems is based on a centralized format and dedicated to the complete control and monitoring of all the system s functions It can be used as a flexible multi purpose system and applied to a variety of needs according to the scale purpose and control method of each building lt Connect computer and Ethernet by cables lt gt 16 Ethernet central controllers can be connected at most for one computer M INTERFACE lt Ethernet central controller can connect 4 WEB GATEWAY refrigerating system lt Long distance monitoring gt Plurilingual multi operating system i lt User friendly Operation interfaces FE 2 E Simple electric charge output report E personalization selection mode of electrical quantity Force apportion or on apportion the indoor unit quickly refer to building layout lt Optional long distance control mode lt gt Breakdown message service System Configuration AT compatible machine that runs Microsoft windows Web Access Mein OS XP Professional English version amp y FETU mre gt S e Windows 7 Premium Professional Corres
129. E RS485 X Y E BMS SYSTEM Notes If there are few MD LonGW64 devices to compose a LonWorks network the LonWorks terminals of the MD LonGW64 are able to be connected in the hand in hand way And can be connected up to 64 indoor units to the LonWorks network 238 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 1 3 Connecting ports To LonWorks To Indoor units Centralized Controls SWITCH OF POWER POWER AC 220V LON and LON port The ports should be connected to the computer s COM port using the RS 232 communicative standard X Y E port These ports use a removable connecting way to help user connect the LonWorks network conveniently POWER This port should be connected to the AC 220V power adaptor 4 1 4 External View Dimensions 31 9 25 1 6 1 168 8 E 291 319 Notes There are three installation methods as the following figure Don t install the unit in any other orientation Control system 239 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 240 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 2 BACNET BMS gateway MD CCM08 MD CCMO8 E is a gateway to connect the indoor units and outdoor units to the BACnet BACnet stands for the Building Automation and Control Network MD CCMO8 E gathers the information of the IDU and ODU Besides MD CCMO8 E is able to send the command to the units lt able to bridge the indo
130. FF signal the EXV of slave unit will stop while master unit is running and slave unit stopped at the same time If all outdoor units stopped the EXV will close first and then open to the pulse of stand by 4 8HP 12HP models have one EXV 14 18HP models have double EXVs SV2 spray a little liquid refrigerant to cooling compressor Open when any compressor discharge temperature is higher than 100 SV4 oil returning valve Opens after the DC inverter compressor has been run for 5 minutes and then closes 15 minutes later For the system has only one outdoor unit Every 20 minutes SV4 of each outdoor unit opens for 3 minutes For the system has more than one outdoor unit SV5 for defrosting In defrosting mode the opening of SV5 can cut the refrigerant flowing circle so the defrosting process will takes less time In cooling mode it is always off SV6 for by pass Closed when the unit stands by and system is running at heating mode Open when the discharge temperature is over high in cooling mode and close when the unit is standby or system is in heating mode High pressure sensor to supervisor the discharge pressure of the compressor and to control the DC fan speed For example Cooling mode launch sequence The unit has accomplish commissioning Plug in and unit start SV4 SV5 open 99 2 SV5 closed S Sy4 closed 208 81 Inverter compressor start at 40 Hz Inverter compressor start at 30hz 298 8
131. Gas Side Liquid Side gi 10HP 25 4 Welding 12 7 Flaring Nut 8SW3 10HP 2 t14HP 31 8 Welding 15 9 Flaring Nut 12 lt W2 lt 16HP NE IM according to per 31 8 Welding 15 9 Flaring Nut 1 tetable 4 7 Two modular to Three modular ECCO to 1 1 3 4 Compare the total capacity from indoor side and outdoor side select the main pipe dia according to the bigger one Main pipe L1 in the Fig 4 3 which upstream outdoor units total capacity is 101216 38 base on table 4 5 the gas liquid pipe diameter are d 38 1 22 2 total capacity of the downstream indoor unit is 140 x 6556 X 2 71X2 1094 based on table 4 4 the gas liquid pipe diameter are 038 1 019 1 take the large one for your selection final confirm the main pipe diameter is gas liquid pipe 38 1 022 2 Installation 97 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 1 4 Branch drawing 1 1 4 1 Indoor branch drawing FQZHN 01 FQZHN 02 i 0222 00 222 2 03 FQZHN 04 Ip 15 9 10 12 7 15 9 00 19 1 19 1 2 10 22 2 FQZHN 05 00 25 4 98 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 1 4 2 Outdoor branch drawing Outdoor FQZHW 02N1 FQZHW 03N1 FQZHW 04N1 31 8 D 25 4 10 34 9 78 6 IT 0 23 4 31 8 11D 38 1 25 410 31 8 l CLLL 10 49 Gas side 0159 NM D Liquid side 10 25 4
132. HUKZ 02 and AHUKZ 03 are applied one main control board the temperature sensor T1 T2 and T2B must be connected to the main control board before first powered on T1 is indoor temperature sensor install at the air inlet of the indoor unit T2 is indoor evaporator intermediate temperature sensor install at the intermediate of temperature evaporators T2B is indoor evaporator outlet sensor install at the outlet of the evaporator T2C is indoor evaporator inlet sensor and it has been installed before the product leaves the factory Control system 281 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 7 2 Error and protection codes When the AHU control box is working abnormally it can display the malfunction and protection codes through the new or old display panel At the same time you can check the temperature parameters by the LED display panel New display panel Old display panel Without address when first time Without address when first Time LED and run M home not matched between time power on LED flash together MS module and control box M home not matched Mode conflict between MS module and 4 LED flash together control box Communication malfunction between indoor unit and Mode conflict Defrost LED flashes outdoor unit Communication malfunction between indoor Timer LED flashes unit and outdoor unit 5 Indoor sensors malfunction Run LED flashes Defrost LED flash EEPROM malfunction EEPROM ma
133. Inverter compressor current m check EE AN Average temperature condenser outlet T2 178 Trounleshooting DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Part 6 Control System 1 Wireless remote controller 180 1 1 ROSIBGE A RMOS BG T ei hot tendo s 181 CONTONGT e 185 185 PAPA CUPIDE 197 3 Centralized controller eee sees sse 205 VIE 205 3 2 Weekly schedule timer centralized controller MD CCMOQ E 220 OT E I 237 4 1 Lonworks BMS gateway 64 nennen nnns 237 4 2 BACNET BMS gateway 8 nennen enirn nnne nennen 241 4 3 Modbus BMS gateway GateWay01 E nenne 244 4 4 M interface gateway 441 12 245 5 Network monitoring system eese rere 249 5 1 The 4thgeneration network monitoring system IMM Intelligent Manager of Midea 249 PAC r le 251 6 1 Digital ammeter 0 5634 017 636 e nennen nnn nnns nnn nana 252 61 1 Digital ammeter WANING 252
134. K750 38G 4 2 sets WZDK560 38G A 2 sets Fan motor Motor Output 383W 2 383W 2 560W 2 power Motor and 8 Security Safety 115 C High pressure switch OFF 44 1 32 1 kg cm Low pressure switch OFF 0 3 1 kg cm ON 1 0 1 kg cm Temperature sensor condenser outlet ambient temperature Discharg Thermostat e Inverter Fixed BW130C 130 85 thermost discharge Pressure Mena High pressure sensor Model YLCGQ 45CP2 7K6J10 sensor discharge Character Vout 1 1603 P 0 5 MPa VPF 32D40 2 sets FoshanHualu Functional Parts 4 WIN STF 01VN1FoshanHualu Solenoid valve FDF2A 217 PK etc Zhejiang Dunan Discharge thermostat Compressor T3 TA 25 C 10KQ Temperature sensor 90 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Part 4 Installation T Installation INTFOGUCTIONN eon O DA su avs 92 2 106 3 Refrigerant Pipe Engineering 113 4 Drainage Pipe Engineering e 126 9 vea cosa Devas Maren RB MAREM RAIN 130 6 Heat Insulation Engineering 132 Electrical EngilieerildU dut oat
135. LY 12 14 Outdoor unit setting Inverter compressor top Teno Protectio High pressure protection ques High condenser Temp Protection oc PARE i ot n 3 n Wi me of DUE n i T Me T 2 T returning Three phase power ante mehr ba 2020951 90700 Mote reprsents for system I A systen 249 systen 38 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 5 2 Field Wiring Terminal of ral el of le Indoor units centralized controller Outdoor units 1 Indoor units 1 Outdoor units communication communication Network I accounting To 380 415V 3N 50 60Hz centralized monitoring Wiring between Indoor and Outdoor unit 380 4151 3N SOHZ 60HZ LJ Wire between outdoor units Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Signal Wire between indoor unt and Wire controler Do Va p Wired controller Wired controller Wired controller Signal wire between indoor units Note 1 The signal connecting line between outdoor units indoor and outdoor units and indoor units has polarity When connecting be careful to prevent error connection Signal line shall adopt three core shielded wire wit
136. MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 4 3 Description of LCD Screen n u nu Modul r unit ical QUERY SET H d i j M D kWh Ind TM MODE OFF Indoor unit Four Temp C Current A Digital Valve COMP 1234 872 Error Saal 12348678 AOA aE Graph 2 LCD Screen OR display Temp with the model MD CCM02 E H Common Display Data 2 Display means is sending query order Display means is in communication with a PC and it will be off in 20 seconds with no communication d Display I means is in communication connection with the outdoor unit and it will be off in 20 seconds with no communication Press the OK button in setting page and waiting for 4 seconds success fail will be shown in the operation state area Stand by Page Display H Display Online ON means the total number of online modules H Outdoor unit Display Online ON means the total number of online units Stand by Page can display the address of CCM with the address format of Addr XX here XX equals the real address of CCM plus 16 and the range of XX is 16 31 Query Page Display 1 Query Page Display the query icon Outdoor unit 2 Displaying the address of selected outdoor unit with and 266 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter
137. MP to select the detail function under Y code then press the OK button and the setting will work and the system will automatically shift to next Y code setting until all the function codes have been set then the system will quit the setting interface automatically 10 Query for Initialization Function Parameters After setting the initialization function use the following method for query Long press FAN SPEED button for 2 seconds to enter into the query interface After enter to the interface the LCD temperature display area minute display area will display a series of numbers which is the current initialization parameter value If the current initialization function is cooling and heating 00 no power off memory 21 the filter screen cleaning time is 5000 hours 33 centigrade display 60 their combination is 0130 and it will display 0130 After enter to the interface for 3 seconds it will automatically exit Under this interface it will not respond any key operation 11 Indoor unit address setting and query 192 Long press the LOCK key for 5 seconds enter into the indoor unit address setting interface After enter into the interface the temperature display area will display 00 means the address which is going to be set then press TEMP A and TEMP to select the address and then press the FAN SPEED key to finish indoor unit address setting After enter into the interface press MODE key to query th
138. No Display content Remark Description of display Operation mode 0 off 2 Cooling 3 Heating 4 Forced cooling Fan speed 0 OFF 1 15 Speed increasing sequentially 15 is the max fan level PMV opening angle pulse count display value x 8 Noise control mode 0 Night silent mode 1 Silent mode 2 Super silent mode 3 None silent mode Priority mode 0 heating priority mode 1 cooling priority mode 2 the priority mode 3 response the heating mode only 4 response the cooling mode only SW1 Constrain cool button SW2 Query switch ENC1 Outdoor units address setting switch ENC2 Outdoor units capacity setting switch ENC3 Indoor units Qty Setting switch ENCA Network address setting switch Normal display when in standby mode it indicates number of indoor units when running it indicates output percentage value of compressor Installation 139 DM13 01 01 01en 140 em X MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Part 5 Troubleshooting PCB ports IDSITUCLlIOnS Su RR EE 141 parts instructiors EE kb Gu dani 143 Error code faDlQ nans 148 150 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 PCB ports instructions _ S 1 21 33 i zi e
139. O LOW MED to HIGH NOTES some air conditioners without MED fan speed and then the MED is regarded as HIGH 6 Lock Display It will display in LOCK mode and disappear not in lock mode In LOCK mode all the buttons are invalid except for LOCK button 7 Temperature Display Area Display the setting temperature it can be adjusted by press temperature button A and Under FAN mode there is no display here 200 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 2 4 Wired controller installation Preparation before Installation Make sure the following pasts has been prepared Name Remarks Wood Mounting Screw M4x20 For mounting on the wall Mounting Screw M4x25 For Mounting on the electrical switch box e _ Prepare for the following at installation site RVVP 0 5 0 05mm x5Cable no more than 15M Notes Never turn screws too tightly or else the cover would be sunk or the Liquid Crystal breaks Installation of wired controller KJR 12B DP T E is the same to KJR 10B DP T E 1 Installation procedure x Circuit of wired controller is low voltage circuit Never connect it with a standard 220V 380V circuit put it into a same wiring tube with the circuit x shield cable must be connected stable to the ground or transmission may fail Do not attempt to extend the shield cable by cutting if it is necessary use terminal connection block to
140. P network Four groups of 485 interfaces each one connect with a universal BACnet Power Supply AC220V 50Hz Powe line Prefabrication Power Switch MD CCMO8 has some kinds of connecting ports Ethernet and LonWorks ports are used for further function designed and do not function by now Ethernet B port is an Ethernet interface base on the BACnet network protocol Connect this port with the BACnet HUB then the device connect to the HUB can communicate with the 8 242 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 groups RS 485 communicative port Each port can be connected to a 2 or MD CCMOS3 the F1 F2 E terminals 4 2 3 Network example MD CCM08 RS485 CCMO3 Outdoor units I TCP IP BACnet IP protocol Indoor units Monitoring system 4 2 4 Available BMS 1 SIMENS APOGEE APOGEE es 2 TRANE Tracer Summit 3 Honeywell Alerton ARTON AndoverControls 4 Schneider Andover Andover 50 5 Johnson METASYS SYS Control system 243 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 3 Modbus BMS gateway GateWay01 E GateWay01 E support the Modbus protocol network bridge the Midea central AC system to the BMS compose a Modbus network of up to 1024 indoor units and 64 outdoor units lt support the Modbus protocol network lt Each GateWa
141. P2 protection will disappear after system is steady 162 Trounleshooting MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 14 P2 H5 Low pressure protection Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby When the pressure is lower than 0 05MPa the system will display P2 protection all the ODU in standby When the pressure is higher than 0 15MPa P2 disappear and resumes normal operation H5 error will display when system appear 3 times P2 protection in 30 minutes it cannot resume automatically and it can resume only by restarting the machine P2 H5 Low pressure protection System is lack of refrigerant Refrigerant recharging is not Yes according to the requirement Add refrigerant or check up the leakage of the system or there has refrigerant leakage The low pressure side is blocked Make sure all valves are open clean for squashed pipe closed EXV the filter if the filter is blocked by ice closed strop valve dirty filter etc the system should be clean The heat exchange of evaporator is not good It may be caused by dirty heat changer abnormal IDU fan running some barrier in front of the air outlet etc Check the system and fixed up the error MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled Rewrite the chip Replace PCB Top temperature and discharge temperature of all compressors are higher than normal value discharge pressure and No PCB is disabled Note 1 The phenomenon of lack
142. R410A 3 Mode display 2 means cooling mode means heating mode OFF means shut off means S locking cool mode means locking heat mode Notes Locking cool mode and locking heating mode are reserved Fan Fan 100 di 4 Fan Speed Display at means low speed means middle speed 000 high speed 5 Compressor State Display 123456 6 Electromagnetism Valve Display EMV 123456 7 Four Way Valve Display 8 Defrost Display Defrost 9 When Oil Return will display OIL RETURN 10 Page 0 will display the consumption of electric energy icon ELECTRIC ENERGY Kwh and the number 11 Page 1 will display the input power frequency with Frequency Hz and the number 12 Page 2 will display the total number of indoor units 13 Page 3 will display the icon TEMP C T3 and the number 14 Page 4 will display the icon TEMP C T4 and the number 15 Page 5 will display the icon TEMP C T6 and the number 16 Page 6 will display the discharge temperature of compressor 1 icon TEMP C C1 and the number 17 7 will display the discharge temperature of compressor 2 icon TEMP C and the number 18 Page 8 will display the discharge temperature of compressor symbol C3 with TEMP C C3 and the number 19 Page 9 will display the compressor current value 1 icon CURRENT A 1 and the number 20 Page 10 will display the compressor cur
143. R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 2 7 Mount the air deflector When installing takes off the mesh firstly and then conduct in according of the following two schedules 2 2 7 1 Installation of 10HP Schedule 1 5 pport 12 ST3 9 920 self threading screws Remove the iron filter firstly 725 12 ST3 9 self threading screws Remove the 4 iron filter firstly Unit mm gt 300 B2250 lt 3000 D A 920 110 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 2 7 2 Installation of 12HP 14HP 16HP 18HP 12 ST3 9 self threading crews 1210 Remove the two iron filter firstly lt 3000 725 lt 0 lt 760 725 0 lt 15 12 ST3 9 self threading screws Remove the two iron filters firstly 12 63 2 Unit mm C lt 3000 D A 1210 Note Before install the air deflector please ensuring the mesh enclosure has been took off otherwise the air supply efficiency would be block down Once mounting the shutter to the unit air volume cooling heating capacity and efficiency would be block down this affection enhance along with the angle of the shutter Thus we are not recommend you to mount the shutter if necessary in use please adjust the angle of shutter no larger than 15 Only one bending site is a
144. Wire Terminal Group Signal Receiver Signal Receiving Board 5 core Connecting Wire Group Grounding 2 5 core Shield Cable M Ct Connecting to wire controller Wire Terminal Group Connecting Extended Figure Back of Wired Controlle 916161016 Control system 203 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 Wiring diagram between wired controller and duct type of indoor unit Indoor Unit Electric Controlling Box Plug Cn10 of Electric Controlling Box Plane of Indoor Unit Main Board Wire Terminal Group Signal Receiver ignal Receiving 5 core Connecting Group oard 5 Shield Cable Grounding amp Connecting to wire controller Wire Terminal Group Connecting Extended Figure Back of Wired Controller 3 Wiring diagram between wired controller and high static duct type of indoor unit Indoor Unit Electric Controlling Box Plug Cn10 of Electric Controlling Box Main Board Signal Receiving Board 10 core Connecting Group 5 core Connecting Group Wire Terminal Group 010191019 Signal Receiving Board Grounding 5 Shield Cable Back of Wired Controller Connecting to wire controller Wire Terminal Group Connecting Extended Figure 204 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 3 Centralized controller 9 3 1 MD CCMO3 E is multifunctional
145. ___ Pee Pme ___ M _ Dimensionless mm SA _ 3 _ meus m fe Outdoor coil Fin type code Hydrophilic aluminum Hydrophilic aluminum Hydrophilic aluminum m mm i Outdoor airflow Outdoor airflow flow 1 External static pressure 0 20 EE EN 0 20 0 20 20 40 20 40 20 40 Outdoor sound level 4 Outdoor unit Dimension WxHxD ees 1250x1615x765 o Specification amp performance MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Packing WxHxD mm 1305x 1790x820 1305x 1790x820 1305x 1790x820 Net Gross weight Kg 288 308 288 308 310 330 Charged refrigerant type ED R410A 15kg R410A 15kg R410A 16kg Excessive operating pressure 4 4 2 6 4 4 2 6 4 4 2 6 se side Gas 15 9 31 8 15 9 31 8 19 1 31 8 Total pipe length 1000 1000 1000 The farthest pipe length actual The farthest pipe length equivalent The farthest Refrigerant equivalent pipe piping length from the 1st distributor tube 5 Max Vertical pipe length When outdoor units is above Max Vertical pipe length When outdoor units is below Max drop between indoor units Power wirin 4 16 16 1 lt 20 4 16 16 1 lt 20
146. and the welding spot is rather long ensure that the nitrogen is charged for sufficient time so as to discharge all the air from the welding spot 7 After completing the welding charge the nitrogen continuously until the pipe cools down completely 8 Try best to conduct welding downwards or horizontally and avoid face down welding Installation 119 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en side brazing welding brazing welding brazing welding 0 4 7777 7777 7777 4707 down up 7 Cautions 1 Take fire prevention measures when conducting welding ensure that a fire extinguisher is available beside the operating position 2 Avoid getting burnt 3 Pay attention to the fit gap of the position where the pipe is inserted Note The follow table shows the relation between the minimum embedded depth and gap at the copper pipe joint PUDE Outer Diameter of Minimum Inlaid Gap A D mm yp Pipe D mm Depth B mm oe 0 05 0 21 2 8 lt D lt 12 7 MN 11 lt 0 lt 16 8 0 05 90 27 16 D 25 10 side SS brazing welding 25 D 35 12 0 05 0 35 35 D 45 14 3 1 5 Pipe cleaning out 3 1 5 1 Flushing copper pipe 1 Function use pressure gas to flush pipeline raw material or welded assembly for eliminating dust trash and moisture Solid impurity is hard to be washed ou
147. as setting the mode of the air conditioner 226 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 16 Cancel key Cancel the last operation and return to the last interface 3 2 5 Operating the centralized controller 1 How to set the running status of the air conditioner Under the main interface Press to enter the setting status interface of single air Press the button repeatedly to select Single and alternately display Set CA f you select Single press 4 V J D select one 2 Selecting indicates to set the running status of all air conditioners and All is displayed Selecting Single displays he address of the air conditioner for example if the air conditioner Nhose address is 12 is 12 is displayed 3 Press Mode to select running mode automatic cooling heating air supply dehumidification or shutdown If you select Shutdown mode press to send shutdown command finishing shutdown setting seg Y 4 f you select the cooling or heating mode press to adjust the temperature the scope is within 17 30 degree No temperature adjustment for other modes 5 Fan regulate wind speed which can be selected among automatic speed low speed middle speed and high speed 6 Press to open or close swing 7 Press to save the above setting and send to the corresponding air
148. at it is widely used in refrigeration engineering 6 1 Insulation of Refrigerant Piping 6 1 1 Operational procedure of refrigerant piping insulation Construction of refrigerant pipe insulation excluding connecting section test for air sealing connecting section insulation Connecting section for instance insulation construction just could be carried out after air tightness test at welding area opening expending area and flange joint is successful 6 1 2 Purpose of refrigerant piping insulation 1 During operation temperature of gas pipe and liquid pipe shall be over heating or over cooling extremely Therefore it is necessary to carry out insulation otherwise it shall reduce the performance of unit and burn compressor 2 Gas pipe temperature is very low during cooling If insulation is not enough it shall form dew and cause leakage 3 Temperature of outlet pipe gas pipe is very high generally 50 100 during heating Touching due to carelessness shall cause hurt so it is necessary to take insulation measures to avoid getting hurt 6 1 3 Selection of insulation materials for refrigerant piping Adopt hole closed foam insulation materials with level B1of burning retardant and over 120 of constant burning performance 6 1 4 Thickness of insulation layer 1 When outer diameter of copper pipe d is less than or equal to 12 7 the thickness of insulation layer 6 shall be above 15mm When outer diameter of copper
149. at this part meanwhile tape shall be easily aged and drop down 3 In indoor shield space it is no necessary to bind belting so as to avoid influencing insulation effect Correct repairing method for insulation cotton see the figure below repair insulation cotton Firstly cut out the material longer than gap expend the two ends and embed the insulated cotton at last paste joint with glue Highlights of insulation repairing 1 Repaired length of insulation insulation tube with filled gap shall be 5 10cm longer than the length of gap under natural status 2 Sliver the cut of insulation to be repaired and cross section shall be even 3 Insert gap with insulation for repairing and cross section shall be pressed tightly 4 All cross section and cut need to be pasted with glue 5 Finally bind the seam with rubber plastic tape 6 Prohibit conducting insulation by using binder fabric in concealed section so as to avoid influencing insulation effect 6 2 Insulation of Condensate Water Pipe 6 2 1 Insulation of condensate water pipe 1 Select rubber plastic tube with burning retardant of rating B1 2 Thickness of insulation layer is usually above 10mm 3 The insulation material at water outlet of unit body should be pasted with glue on the unit body so as to avoid dewing and dripping 4 Pipe installed in wall shall not be conduct insulation 5 Use specific glue to paste the seam of insulation material and
150. ate se ction of evaporator T2B Air pipe outlet Liquid pipe Liquid pipe Gas pipe Notes 1 If it is needed user can select the backup function in the dotted line frame 2 T2C has been installed before the product leaves the factory 286 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 8 HRV wired controller KJR 27B BGE KJR 27B is individually designed for HRV Heat Recovery Ventilator The HRV can work in the following modes exhaust air supply bypass heat exchange and auto Wired controller specifications Model KJR 27B BGE Power Supply Voltage 5 0V DC Ambient Temperature Range 15 C 43 C Ambient Humidity Range RH40 RH90 Performance Features 1 Operating mode Cool heat dry fan and auto 2 Set the mode through buttons 3 Indoor setting temperature range 17 C 30 C 4 LCD Liquid Crystal Display 6 8 1 Parts name 1 Mode selection button It is used to select mode press this button one time then the operation modes will change in turn as follows RECOVERY EXHAUST BYPASS SUPPLY 2 Timer on button Press this button can set TIMER ON each time press this button the time moves forward by o 5 hours When the set time is over 10 hours each time press the button to the time moves forward by 1 hour If want to cancel the TIMER ON then adjust the time of TIMER ON as 0 0 Control sys
151. ature of pressurization temperature during observation x 0 1 kgf cm You can find out whether the pressure drops or not by comparing the modification value with pressurization value 3 General ways for searching leak source 122 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Conduct detection through three phases find out leak source when pressure drop happens 1 Audition detection hear large leakage sound 2 Hand touching detection place hand at the joint of pipeline to feel whether there is leakage 3 Soap water detection bubbles shall burst out from leak source 4 Detection by use of halogen leak detector Using halogen leak detector when finding out pressure drop but not finding the leak source a Keep nitrogen at 3 0kgf cm b Supplement refrigerant to 5 c Use halogen leak detector methane leak detector and electric leak detector for detection d If the leak source still could not be found continuously pressurize to 40 0kgf cm R410A and then detect again Outdoor unit Gas side valve Liquid side of shut off valve EA ae Nitrogen gt Liquid pipe Indoor unit Gas pipe gt Nitrogen Pressure meter connector Au 4 Caution 1 The air tightness test is conducted by pressurize nitrogen R410Asystem 40kgf cm 2 It is not allowed to adopt oxide flammable gas and toxic gas to conduct air tightness test 3 Bef
152. broken during flaring 4 If the pipe end obviously deforms cut the end off and then cut the pipe again 3 1 3 3 Pipe expansion 1 Purpose Expand the opening of the pipe so that another copper pipe can be inserted to replace direct connection and reduce welding spots 2 Highlight Ensure that the connection part is smooth and even after cutting the pipe off remove the inner spurs 3 Operation method Insert the expanding header of the pipe expander into the pipe to expand the pipe After completing pipe expansion rotate the copper pipe a small angle to rectify the straight line scratch left by the expanding header Brazing welding 3 1 3 4 Opening bell mouthed opening 1 Purpose Flaring Bell mouthed opening is used for screw thread connection 2 Highlight 1 Before performing the Bell mouthed opening operation perform fire annealing for the hard pipe 2 Use pipe cutter to cut pipe to ensure even cross section and avoid refrigerant leakage do not use a steel saw or metal cutting device to cut pipe otherwise the cross section will get deformed and the copper chip will enter the pipe 3 Remove burr carefully to avoid scar on the bell mouthed opening which may lead to refrigerant leakage 116 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 When connecting pipes use two spanners one torque wrench and one non adjustable spanner 5 Before conducting opening bell mouthed install pipe onto the flaring nut
153. button Anytime when the reset button is pressed the centralized controller will reset The result is the same as the result of restoring power on after power failure Control system 211 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 3 1 3 LCD display ELI X 1 1 1 M DM JM JM I 1 1l L1 M M JM JM JI 1 Zl DM WM MM JM Xl 1 1 SO M BM JM X 1 1l 1 M M M M M H L3 EONOO GN pue H 3 0N2O QN 51 fejdstp __ 1 TAY 380 NO INNO BH 11790089 19110 Aejdsip ll i Control system 212 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en F 10 19110 213 Control system MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 3 1 4 Query and Error code The centralized controller offers the function of query of indoor units running state and displays the error code when some of the indoor units fail down 1 Press the query button to activate the query function Firstly the display panel will display the 1st units state 2 Use the UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT buttons to select the unit we want to query The
154. ching pipes properly 7 To ensure even diversion of refrigerant pay attention to the distance between the branch pipe subassembly and the horizontal straight pipe a Ensure that the distance between the bending point of copper pipe and the horizontal straight pipe section of the adjacent branch pipe is larger than or equal to 1m b Ensure that the distance between the horizontal straight pipe sections of the two adjacent branch pipes is larger than or equal to 1m c Ensure that the distance between the branch pipe and the horizontal straight pipe section used to connect the indoor unit is larger than or equal to 0 5m gt 1 21m 2 _ gt 0 5 1 C Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit 3 1 2 Storage and maintain of copper pipe 3 1 2 1 Pipe carriage and storage 1 Avoid the pipe from bending or deforming during the carriage 2 Seal the openings of the copper pipe with end cover or adhesive tape during the storage 3 Place the coil upright to avoid compressing deformation due to self weight 4 Use wooden support to ensure that the copper pipe is higher than the ground so as to make the pipe 114 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A dust proof and water proof 5 Take dust proof and water proof measures at both ends of the pipe 6 Keep the pipes on special bracket or bench at specified place on the construction site 3 1 2 2 Correct to seal the opening
155. cteristics use the indoor temperature to find the capacity correction coefficient e Capacity distribution ratio based on the indoor unit tubing length and elevation difference First in the same way as for the outdoor unit use the tubing length and elevation difference for each indoor unit to find the correction coefficient from the graph of capacity change characteristics Capacity distribution ratio for each indoor unit 2 Correction coefficient for that indoor unit Correction coefficient for the outdoor unit 1 3 Outdoor Unit Selection Allowable combinations are indicated in INDOOR UNIT COMBINATION TOTAL CAPACITY INDEX TABLE In general outdoor unit can be selected as follows though the location of the unit zoning and usage of the 18 Selection Procedure DM12 01 01 01en MIV 4 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A rooms may be considered The indoor and outdoor unit combination is determined that the sum of indoor unit capacity index is nearest to and smaller than the capacity index at 10096 combination ratio of each outdoor unit Up to 8 16 indoor units can be connected to one outdoor unit It is recommended to choose a larger outdoor unit if the installation space is large enough If the combination ratio is greater than 100 the indoor unit selection shall be reviewed by using actual capacity of each indoor unit INDOOR UNIT COMBINATION TOTAL CAPACITY INDEX TABLE Indoor Unit Combination Ratio kW 18HP 69 2 63 8 58 5 53 2 47 9 42
156. ction After lifting vertically immediately place down inclined otherwise it will cause error operation of switch at water pump The connecting method is shown as follows 128 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A fixation code x 190mm set up height H refer to the data with the unit flexible pipe 300mm Note Air outlet could not be installed on the lifting part otherwise water shall be discharged to ceiling or could not be discharged 4 5 Overflowing Water Test and Water Passing Test 4 5 1 Overflowing water test After finishing the construction of drainage pipe system fill the pipe with water and keep it for 24 hours to check whether there is leakage at joint section 4 5 2 Water passing test 1 Natural drainage mode Infuse water containing plate with above 600ml water through check port slowly and observe transparent hard pipe at drainage outlet to confirm whether it can discharge water 2 Pump drainage mode 1 Remove plug of water level switch remove water finding cover and slowly infuse water containing plate with about 2000ml water through water finding port to prevent touching the motor of drainage pump 2 Power on and let the air conditioner operate for cooling Check operation status of drainage pump and then turn on water level switch check operation sound of pump and observe transparent hard pipe at drainage outlet to confirm whether it can discharge wat
157. ctric Controlling Box Signal Receiving Electric Controlling Board Boxs Plug CN10 Connecting Main Board 5 Wire Terminal Group Group Signal Receiving Grounding Board 5 core Shield eave Back of wire controller Connecting to wire controller Wire Terminal Group Connecting Extended Figure 3 Wiring principle Turn a screwdriver at the concave on bottom panel of the Wired Controller to remove the Back Cover Back Cover Top Cover LCD Holes matche with the 86X86 Wiring box Board Bottom Cover Wood Mounting Screw M4X20 When installing the Wired Controller you should When installing the Wired Controller adjust the bottom of the Wired Controller Board Cover be sure there is a hole in the wall to avoid the Wired Controller Back to the Wired Controller Back Cover which should l Cover being fixed directly to the wall be fixed first then press the other end of the Wired Controller Board which is not allowed for the Wire Joint extrudes out of the Wired Controller Back Cover Control system 291
158. ctrical shock 18 Carry out the specified installation work after taking into account strong winds typhoons or earthquakes Improper installation work may result in the equipment falling and causing accidents Remark Failure to observe a warning may result in death 1 3 8 Caution 1 Ground the air conditioner Do not connect the ground wire to gas or water pipes lightning rod or a telephone ground wire Incomplete grounding may result in electric shocks 2 Be sure to install an earth leakage breaker Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shocks 3 Connect the outdoor unit wires and then connect the indoor unit wires You are not allowed to connect the air conditioner with the power source until wiring and piping the air conditioner is done 4 While following the instructions in this installation manual install drain piping in order to ensure proper drainage and insulate piping in order to prevent condensation Improper drain piping may result in water leakage and property damage 5 Install the indoor and outdoor units power supply wiring and connecting wires at least 1 meter away from televisions or radios in order to prevent image interference or noise Depending on the radio waves a distance of 1 meter may not be sufficient enough to eliminate the noise 6 The appliance is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision Young children should be supervised to ens
159. d 7 Check whether the power phase sequence of outdoor unit is correct 8 dial switches to indoor and outdoor unit have been set according to the Technical Requirement of Product Note The setting of outdoor unit s dial switch should be conducted under power off otherwise the unit shall not identify The following table shows the address and power of outdoor master and slave unit 0 0 Saveuit i 1 gei unt 2 uE Salve unit 3 a 14HP Invalid address system 16HP error 5 Invalid dial switch 8 2 Commissioning of Trial Run 8 2 1 Commissioning for trail run of single unit 1 Each independent refrigeration system i e each outdoor unit should be conducted trail operation 2 Detection details of trail run 1 As for fan in unit make sure the rotating route of its impeller is correct and impeller turns around smoothly No abnormal vibration and noise 2 Check whether there is abnormal noise during operation of refrigerant system and compressor 3 Check outdoor unit whether it can detect each indoor unit 4 Check whether drainage is smooth and its lift pump can be in motion 5 Check whether microcomputer controller can be in motion normally and whether any trouble appears 6 Check whether operating current is within the allowed range 7 Check whether each operating parameter is within the range permitted by the equipment Note Whe
160. e The connected pipe diameter 015 9 Gauge point Detect the pressure Refrigerant replenishment Oil balancer For parallel connect the modular units Gas side The connected pipe diameter 031 8 169 Enlarged view for 12HP 14 16HP Gauge point Cooling only type without Detect the pressure Refrigerant replenishment Gas side The connected pipe diameter 031 8 Cil balance pipe For parallel connect a o the modular units 0 Liquid side ELE p me pipe diameter 19 1 Enlarged view for 18HP Specification amp performance 32 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 2 Valve explanation 12HP 14HP 16HP D Connect the liquid pipe accessory field installation Oil balance pipe only for combination Connect the gas pipe Gauge point Cooling only type without GLow pressure float valve 2 18HP D Connect the liquid pipe accessory field installation Connect the gas pipe Oil balance pipe only for combination 4 Gauge point Cooling only type without GStop valve Specification amp performance 33 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 3 Piping Diagrams TOL High Pressure HPS Switch High Pressure Sensor SEP Low Pressure Low
161. e low pressure is lower than normal value current is lower than normal value and suction pipe may be frosting 4 The phenomenon of the indoor load is too The suction temperature and discharge temperature are both higher than normal value 5 The phenomenon of the system contains air or nitrogen The high pressure is higher than normal value current is larger than normal value discharge temperature is higher than normal value compressor makes noise pressure meter do not display steady The normal system running parameters please refer to attached table 3 Troubleshooting 161 DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 13 P1 High pressure protection Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby When the pressure is over 4 4MPa the system will display P1 protection all the ODU in standby When the pressure is lower than 3 2MPa P1 disappears and normal operation resumes P1 High pressure protection The heat exchange of condenser is not good It may be caused by dirty heat changer abnormal ODU fan running ODU are too near to each other etc Check the system and fixed up the error The high pressure side of the system is Yes Make sure all valves are open blocked for squashed pipe blocked check the system and remove valve or closed stop valve the obstacle Yes Discharge part of the refrigerant Add some oil if it leaks during the discharge Refrigerant is excess
162. e 2 4V Effective Distance 8M 11M Operation Condition 5 Performance Features 1 Operating Mode COOL HEAT DRY FAN and AUTO 2 Timer Setting Function in 24 hours 3 Indoor Setting Temperature Range 17 30 4 LCD Liquid Crystal Display of all functions 5 Night Light Function Control system 181 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 1 1 Parts name AUTO lt coa D DRY fig u HEAT x FAN a 3 E FAN SPEED 62 2 D eee P D SWING AIRDIRECION CLOCK t9 i O SWING OK TIME 0 7 e E J a m E E E uo ECO TIME OFF a AA O O i ENG lt ai J M Fa ARA ze 14 13 M 7 y 16 45 1 Once pressing running mode will be selected the following sequence AUTO gt COOL gt DRY gt HEAT gt FN Notes heating mode for cool only type unit 2 FanSpeed Fan speed will be selected in following sequence once pressing this button AUTO gt LOW MED gt HIGH 3 Adjust button V Decrease the set temp Keeping pressing will decrease the temp with 1 0 55 4 Adjust button A Increase the set temp Keeping pressing will increase the temp with 1 C per 0 55 182 DM13 01 01 01en Control system
163. e address Under the address setting interface long press LOCK for 5 seconds again then it will quit the indoor unit setting interface Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 1 4 Wired controller Installation 1 Make sure the following pasts has been prepared Name QTY Remarks ES Wired controller EN With Cover Wood Mounting Screw FS 20 mounting on the wall ES Mounting Screw M4x25 For Mounting on the electrical switch box Owner s Manual 2 Preparation before Installation Prepare for the following at installation site NO Name Remarks 0 05mm x5 Cable no 5 core Shield Cable 1 1 more than 15M Wiring Tube Insulating Sleeve and Tightening Screw Notes Do not turn screws too tightly or else the cover would be sunk or the Liquid Crystal may be broken 3 Installation procedure x Circuit of wired controller is low voltage circuit Never connect it with a standard 220V 380V circuit put it into a same wiring tube with the circuit x shield cable must be connected stable to the ground or transmission may fail x not attempt to extend the shield cable by cutting if it is necessary use terminal connection block to connect x Wired controller installation size refers to the following picture Unit mm Control system 193 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Back Cover Turn a screwdriver at the concave
164. e dial code of E side is set correctly Check whether the capacity dial code of outdoor unit is match with the dial code of E side MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled PCB is disabled Troubleshooting Set the dial code of E side correctly according to the capacity of outdoor unit Correct the dial code of outdoor unit and E side according to then wiring manual Rewrite the chip Replace PCB 157 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 9 xH0 H1 xH0 Communication error between DSP and the main chip Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby H1 Communication error between 0537 and main chip Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby IR341 chip IR 341chip is used for inverter compressor drive 0537 chip 0537chip is used for control the communication between indoor unit and outdoor unit and the communication between outdoors MC9S08AC128 chip MC9S08AC128 chip is the main chip it used for the whole system control H0 H1 Power supply for 25 12 28 15 Provide normal power suppl and 32 CN19 terminals are abnormal The transformer on PCB is disabled Replace the transformer NO There has electromagnetic interference Y nearby the unit Such as High frequency ES Remove the interference transmitter or other high strength radiation device MC9S08AC128 is disabled es Rewrite the chip NO PCB is disabled Replace PCB Note 1 How
165. e of LOW MIDDLE or HIGH fan speed modes 3 Press the button ON OFF the operation lamp on HRV lights the HRV operates according to the mode selected Press the button ON OFF again stop the HRV 3 Exhaust operation 1 Press MODE to select EXHAUST mode 2 Press the ON OFF button the operation lamp of indoor unit lights and the air conditioner will start to EXHAUST mode Press the button ON OFF again stop the 3 The button FAN SPEED is invalid in the mode EXHAUST 4 Timer setting 1 Button TIMER ON can set the starting time 2 Button TIMER OFF can set the stopping time 5 Only setting timer on 1 Press TIMER ON button the wired controller displays SETTING the icons of HOUR and ON display on the timer setting area The wired controller enters into the setting of the timer on 2 Press the TIMER ON button again and then adjust the time of the timer on as you desired 3 Continuously press adjusts up button The time of the timer will increase 0 5 hours per time After the time of timer reaches to 10 hours the time will increase 1hour each time 4 0 5 seconds later after finishing the adjustment the wired conditioner sends the information of time on the timer on the setting is completed Control system 289 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 Only setting timer off 1 Press the TIMER OFF button the wired controller display SETTING the icons of HOUR and OFF display on the timer set
166. e on the ground directly or keep it away from ground friction X Sand 7 When conduct piping on a raining day remember to seal the openings of the pipe first IH or plastic bag 7476 Rain entering into the pipe B 4 EN N X Aart 6 2 Ringer Flex 3 1 3 Processing of copper pipe 3 1 3 1 Pipe cutting 1 Tool Use a pipe cutter instead of a saw or cutting machine to cut the pipe 2 Correct operation procedure Rotate the pipe evenly and slowly and apply force to it Cut the pipe off while ensuring that it does not deform 3 Risk if a saw or cutting machine is used to cut pipe Copper chip will enter the pipe in this case it will be very hard to clean up or which may even enter the compressor or blocking the throttling unit 3 1 3 2 Rectify opening of copper pipe 1 Purpose Clear out the burr at the opening of the copper pipe clean the inside of the pipe and rectify the opening of the pipe so as to avoid scratch at the opening to be sealed during flaring 2 Operation procedure 1 Use a scraper to remove the inner spurs When doing so keep the opening of the pipe downwards to avoid copper chip from entering the pipe 2 After the chamfering is completed use veiling to remove the copper chip out of the pipe 3 Ensure no scar of produced so as to avoid the pipe from getting
167. e pipe Attention through converge point need use PVCAO or larger pipe 4 3 3 Relation between vertical pipeline diameter and displacement of condensate water Inner diameter of Inner diameter of Permitted PVC piping piping reference Remark h value mm Reference value could not used for confluence pipe Attention through converge point need use PVCAO or larger pipe 4 3 4 Operation process of concentrated drainage Install indoor unit connect drainage pipe water passing test and overflowing water test thermal insulation of drainage pipe Caution 1 Increase drainage point as much as possible and reduce quantity of connected indoor units to ensure horizontal main drainage pipe not be too long 2 Units with drainage pump and natural drainage shall converge to different drainage system separately 3 Add two elbows at air outlet and make sure its mouth faces down to prevent dirt and so on dropping into pipe to create blockage blowhole radient 1 100 4 4 Lifting of Drainage Pipe for the Unit with Lift Pump 4 4 1 Installation of lift pipe 1 When connecting drainage pipe with indoor unit use pipe clamp shipped with unit to fix Glue splicing is not permitted for ensuring convenience in repairing 2 To ensure 1 100 slope total lift height of drainage pipe H shall depend on indoor unit s pump and do not set vent pipe on the lifting pipe se
168. e the parameter page to be queried through the Up Down Left and Right keys you can change to query status of other in service air conditioners 2 Set button In other display mode press the button to enter the setting mode By default it is single setting and the first in service air conditioner is displayed In setting operation mode press the key again and the operation will be performed for all air conditioners in the network Press the key repeatedly to shift between single setting and global setting Single Global 3 Mode setting In setting operation mode press this button to set the operation Control system 207 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 0 heating supply air only off 3 In other display mode press the key to enter the setting mode By default it is single machine setting and the first in service air conditioner is displayed 4 Fan speed In setting operation mode press this button to set the fan of the indoor unit of the air conditioner to run in the automatic high medium or low level of air auto low medium high 3 5 Time on In setting operation mode press this button to set the timing startup of air conditioner press the key again to exit the timing setting and restore the normal temperature regulation operation mode time on set temperature regulation 6 Time off In setting operation mode press this button to set the t
169. ection of the main pipe L1 E g The main pipe L1 in the above drawing Please refer to the following table Table 4 5 Th itv of When total equivalent length 90m When total equivalent length290m Gas side Liquid side The Indoor No 1 Gas side Liquid side The indoor No 1 mm mm distributor mm mm branch 22 2 9 53 FQZHN 02 22 2 12 7 FQZHN 02 10HP 22 2 9 53 FQZHN 02 25 4 012 7 FQZHN 02 12 14HP 25 4 12 7 FQZHN 03 28 6 15 9 FQZHN 03 16HP 628 6 012 7 FQZHN 03 631 8 015 9 FQZHN 03 Notice If the total indoor units capacity is more than the total outdoor units please select the main pipe dia according to the bigger one E g When the total capacity of 16HP 16HP 14HP paralleled outdoor units is 46HP if the total pipe length is more than 90m the pipe dia is 041 3 and 22 2 according to the above table While the total indoor units capacity is 136kW the pipe dia is 44 5 and 22 2 according to the No 1 1 2 2 table Then according to the principle of selecting the bigger the main pipe dia should 44 5 and 22 2 1 1 2 4 Selection of the branch L M and the outdoor unit pipe g1 g2 g3 G1 E g The branch L M and outdoor unit pipe g1 g2 g3 G1 in the above drawing When there is only single outdoor unit please refer to the following table Table 4 6 When the multi outdoor units are paralleled please refer to the following table Table 4 7 Drawing example Outdoor unit pipe dia m
170. ed into tetrachloroethylene solution Purpose of cleansing copper pipe Remove the lube industrial oil used during the processing of the copper pipe attached to the inner wall of the copper pipe The ingredients of such lube are different from those of the lube used by the R410A refrigerant and they will produce deposit through reaction which may cause complicated system fault Special Note Never use CCIA for pipe cleansing and flushing or the system will be seriously damaged 3 1 1 3 Support for refrigerant pipe 1 Fixing horizontal pipe When the air conditioner is running the refrigerant pipe will deform for example shrunk expanded or inclined downward To avoid pipe damage use hanger or support to support it see the table below for the criteria Pipe Diameter mm Less than 620 620 40 Larger than 40 In general gas pipe and liquid pipe should be suspended in parallel and the interval between support points should be selected according to the diameter of the air pipe Since the temperature of the flowing refrigerant will change as the operation and working condition change which will result in hot expansion and cold shrinkage of the refrigerant pipe so the pipe with thermal insulation should not be clamped tightly otherwise the copper pipe may get broken due to stress concentration 2 Fixing vertical pipe Fix the pipe along the wall according to the pipeline route Round log should be used at the pipe clip to replace thermal
171. em through the M net terminal and connects the local area network or Internet network through a LAN terminal Computer or other similar devices can visit M INTERFACE WEB through Brower and then local or remote control devices Notes M Interface gateway needs to be installed at the end of the XYE or K1K2E communication wire cannot be installed in the middle of the XYE or K1K2E communication wire Connection needs to use 0 7mm2 1 0mm2 three cores shielded wire Control system 245 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 4 1 Gateway structure x Dimensions 319 251 66 4 o oooooooo o o Detailed drawing of installation holes Unit mm 4 Installation precautions Install at a place where should not affect by electromagnetic wave or dust Avoid to install at place where affect by sunshine or heat source device etc Avoid to install at a place where has high humidity or can contact the water Avoid to install at a place where will produce corrosive or flammable gas 246 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 4 2 WEB home page of M interface gateway M INTERFACE is based on WEB technology unrelated to computer or similar devices operational systems M INTERFACE insert into the network then can browse the WEB page through the browser of the system platform we suggest using IE 9 0 or above Firefox 11 0 or above Chrome 18 0 or above or Safa
172. eo sem so sx ser see ser om Lo f os sos oso oas sm aso wm ror os oer son ee ee som ror sors p rer sre wem Specification amp performance 77 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 9 8 11 37 69 15 31 37 22 15 30 35 00 14 17 33 73 13 62 32 62 13 07 30 41 12 01 E s cer en pe ne os o ser con s o pe sm ees sem om sors sm pese p s em xem we s os pe sm e sors xe rs Lo pe p em m pm ror ri s oe pe pem sem rm pee xe om pe zer om 2 2018 pe perpe om s or e sem ws som em se zm rs 3 2 2 33 81 9 17 31 91 8 60 30 00 8 04 29 05 7 76 28 10 7 49 26 19 6 94 o3 os pem p ee 5 zem s os pe pep oem e 2005 sm 5 Lo oe pe m es eo em ses C ee 10 ss azo zum se me f or ques mem ze
173. er In light of the length of drainage pipe water shall be discharged after delaying about 1 minute 3 Stop the operation of air conditioner turn down power supply and put water finding cover to the original place a After stopping the operation of air conditioner check whether there is something abnormal 3 minutes later If drainage pipe have not been distributed properly over back flow water shall cause the flashing of alarm indicator at remote controlled receiving board and even water shall run over the water containing plate b Continuously add water until reaching alarm water level check whether the drainage pump could discharge water at once If water level does not decline under warning water level 3 minutes later it shall cause shutdown of unit When this situation happens normal startup shall be carried out by turning down power supply and eliminating accumulated water Note Drain plug at the main water containing plate is used for eliminating accumulated water in water containing plate when maintaining air conditioner fault During normal operation the plug shall be filled in to prevent leakage Installation 129 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 5 Duct Engineering 5 1 Fabrication of Duct 1 The material specification performance and thickness of metal duct should be in accordance with the relevant regulations of present National Products Standard The thickness of steel sheet or galvanized steel shee
174. essure x 4 4 2 6 4 4 2 6 4 4 2 6 Liquid side Gas side 4 12 7 25 4 12 7 25 4 15 9 31 8 Oil balance pipe mm 6 4 6 4 6 4 Total pipe length 1000 1000 1000 The farthest pipe length actual The farthest pipe length equivalent Refrigerant The farthest equivalent piping pipe length from the first 0 90 0 90 0 90 distributor 5 Max Vertical pipe length When outdoor units is above Max Vertical pipe length When outdoor units is below Max drop between indoor E Power wiring 4x10 10 Ls20m 4x10 10 Ls20m 4 10 1 Connection 4x16 10 Ls50m 4x16 10 L lt 50m 4x 16 10 L lt 50m wiring Sanai 3 core shielded wiring 3 core shielded wiring 3 core shielded wiring 9 9 wiring dia 20 75 wiring dia 20 75 wiring dia 20 75 Ambient temp range Cooling 5 C 48 C 5 C 48 5 C 48 Ambient temp range Heating 20 C 27 C 20 C 27 C 20 C 27 C Notes 1 The cooling conditions indoor temp 27 C DB 80 6 F 19 CWB 60 F outdoor temp 35 CDB 95 F equivalent pipe length 5m drop length Om 2 The heating conditions indoor temp 20 DB 68 F 15 CWB 44 6 F outdoor temp 7 CDB 42 8 F equivalent pipe length 5m drop length Om 3 Sound level Anechoic chamber conversion value measured at a point 1 m in front of the unit at a height of 1 5 m During actual operation these values are normally somewhat higher as a result of ambient condi
175. etting must Press the confirm button to complete the setting 5 OK Button The button is used at the state of CLOCK adjustment After setting the time Press the button to confirm then exit the current clock will display 6 Reset Button hidden Use a small stick with a diameter of 1mm to Press the RESET button to cancel the current settings and get into the condition of resetting 7 ON OFF Button Press the button at the condition of OFF the OPERATION lamp lights and the wired controller enters into ON operation simultaneously sends the setting operation information e g temperature fan speed timer etc to the units Press the button at the condition of ON the OPERATION lamp extinguishes simultaneously enters into OFF If having set TIMER ON or TIMER OFF the wired controller will cancel these settings before entering into OFF close the relevant indicator and then send the OFF information 8 Fan Speed Selection Button Select the fan speed from AUTO LOW to HIGH Each time Press the button the fan speed e EP will change in turn as fellow 9 Adjust Button A Set indoor temperature up If press and hold it will increase at 1 degree per 0 5 second 10 Adjust Button V Set indoor temperature down If press and hold on it will decrease at 1degreeper 0 5 second 11 Swing Button Press this button for the first time in running time start the swing function Press the button for
176. eturn Valid For Host Unit Outdoor Decreasing Malfunction Valid For Host Defrost Protection Unit Net Communication Compressor Current 3rd Malfunction Protection E Condenser High Temp T4 Temp Sensor Malfunction Protection Discharge Pipe Temp T3 Temp Sensor Malfunction Protection Communication Malfunction Compressor Current 1st between indoor and outdoor Protection unit Phase Sequence Malfunction o PROS Discharge Low Pressure 268 Control system Compressor Current 2rd Other Malfunction Protection 3 2 1 4 2 E1 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Discharge Outdoor unit communication P1 High Pressure Malfunction Protection Compressor High Temp EO PF Other Protection Oil Balance 6 4 4 Installation Protection 1 Basic Requirements 1 Applicable Power Voltage Range Input Voltage 220 240V AC 2 Input Power Frequency 50Hz 60Hz 3 Working Ambient 15 43 4 Working Ambient Humidity RH40 RH90 2 Dimensions 120 120 15mm 3 System configure With MD CCMO2 E we could both centrally display the outdoor units running status and bridge up to 32 outdoor units to the PC monitoring software or BMS Building Management System In fact for the purpose Control system 269 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en of connecting the indoor units to the PC or the gateway which makes the o
177. exists after replacing PCB Voltage values on measuring plate such as 220V 5V 12V etc are normal after measuring resistance value of sensor find that T4 thermo bulb is earth continuity and further discover that the thermal cable of 4 sensor is punched by bolt as follows After being reconnected the system becomes normal T4 sensor is worn out and connected with sheet metal 154 Trounleshooting MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 5 E5 Voltage error Display on faulty unit others in standby E5 Voltage error Voltage of power supply is too high or too low the normal voltage between A Provide normal power supply and N B and N C and N should be 163V 268V Check the high voltage circuit Whether the compressor is short Yes Replace the inverter module circuit fan motor is short circuit or repair related parts inverter module is output error etc MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled US Rewrite the chip PCB is disabled Replace PCB 1 How to check whether the compressor is short circuit Note The normal resistance value of inverter compressor among U V W is 0 7 1 5Q and infinity to earth If the resistance value is out of the range the compressor is abnormal 2 How to check whether the fan motor is short circuit The normal value of DC fan motor coil among U V W is less than 10Q and the value of AC fan motor coil is from a few ohm to hundreds of ohm for different fan
178. f fixed compressor is over 17A the system will display P7 protection all the ODU in standby When the current goes back to normal range P7 disappear and normal operation resumes xP3 P7 Compressor current protection Make sure the ratio of connectable Q The indoor load is too large IDU is less than 130 or add ODU The heat exchange of condenser is not good It may be caused by dirty heat changer abnormal ODU fan running ODU are too near to each other etc Check the system and fixed up the error The high pressure side of the system is Yes Make sure all valves are open blocked for squashed pipe blocked check the system and remove the obstacle valve or closed stop valve NO Yes Discharge part of the refrigerant Add Refrigerant is excess some oil if it leaks during the discharge System contains air or nitrogen Yes Discharge the entire refrigerant Then vacuum the system and refill the refrigerant Add oil to the system if it leaks i High voltage short circuit or Yes Make sure the high voltage circuit is normal compressor error or replace the compressor NO MC9S08AC128 chip Yes disabled PCB is disabled Replace PCB Note 1 The phenomenon of the indoor load is too large The suction temperature and discharge temperature are both higher than normal value 2 The phenomenon of The high pressure side of the system is blocked The high
179. fication 7 Scapr 12 Resistance tester 4ZA 8 jFieRep AJ 22 Electro probe 4 9 Injectiontube 23 Multimeter 1 ome RN pressure gauge valve 11 Pressure gauge 1 5MPa 40MPa 25 jWireplers 12 Vacuumgauge 756mmHg 26 Clamping pliers Horizontal rule In addition tools such as electric welder cutter A shape ladder electric drill folding machine machine nitrogen cylinder are also generally used during the installation 1 3 2 Audit of construction drawings Before the engineering installation read carefully the related drawings to understand the design intention audit the drawings and then work out a detailed engineering organization plan 1 Make sure that the pipe diameters and branch pipe models meet the technical specifications 2 Ratio of slope drainage mode and thermal insulation of condensate water 3 Making of air duct and air opening and air ventilation organization 4 Configuration specifications model and control mode of power cables 5 Making total length and control mode of control cable The engineering construction staff should follow the construction drawing strictly during the construction If any change is required such change should be approved by the design department and be documented 1 3 3 Construction organization plan Construction organiza
180. frequency performance m f R410A special new scroll tooth like form l DC adjustable 25 electric fee Elaborate compressor magnet arrange than AC magnet flux more centralizing adjustable speed Adopt advanced technical DC Inv motor motor including thulium Nd need not additional current compact design weight reduces 500 compact design weight reduces 50 speed The A C load ratio of building is 3096 7596 the area use ratio is 55 most of the A C runs in the mid load so the mid load operation ratio control the whole year AC running charge Centralizing winding Distributing winding 2 General Information DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Compressor efficiency B New DC motor centralized winding A cm Common DC motor distributing winding Rotor speed 5 Efficiency Rotor Speed Curve 20 40 60 80 100 All DC inverter compressors make the capacity output better distributed and always work at 30 70Hz which is the most efficient range It makes the efficiency more than 3096 higher than the normal Smooth Sine Wave DC Inverter Motor uses 180 sine wave vector drive technology to ensure transducer to output smooth curve which shows motor rotor speed to run smooth While common frequency motor outputs sawtooth wave not precisely to show motor speed so its efficiency is low ce ru d bae etg ie d ant au
181. frigerant Installing decorative panel U Installation Ensure that the water drainage pipe inclines downward Make sure the model is correct Keep the refrigerant pipes dry clean and sealed Downward inclination Ensure sufficient ventilation rate Ensure no gap between the thermal insulation materials Select proper power cables Signal cable should use 3 cores shielded wires Avoid short circuit ventilation and ensure sufficient maintenance space Avoid short circuit ventilation and ensure sufficient maintenance space Check whether the air pressure remains at 4 0Mpa R410a after correction is made within 24 hours Use vacuum pump that has a vacuum degree of less than 775mmHg Record the amount of refrigerant to be recharged on the outdoor unit and document it Ensure no gap between decorative panel and ceiling 101 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Test Running and commissioning Run the indoor units one by one to check whether any pipe or cable is incorrectly installed Delivering operation instructions Deliver related materials while providing operation instruction to the user Note The general procedure for refrigerant machine is subject to change according to the situation 1 2 3 Install indoor unit s procedure Confirm installation position Label installation position Install hooks Install indoor units Note 1 hook must strong enough to sustain the
182. grounding Remarks 1 In the wiring the part from Rs485 to Rs232 is only needed when connecting with PC And one PC can connect maximum 16 outdoor 2 and 16 indoor MD CCMO3 The addresses of ranges from O to 15 while the MD CCMO2 ones from 16 to 31 And the address of any two outdoor CCM can t be the same or the system can t work normally 2 One outdoor centralized monitoring MD CCMO2 can connect maximum 32 outdoor units while one indoor can connect maximum 64 indoor units 3 The address of outdoor CCM and the address of outdoor units are set by manual Please refer to their owner s manual for setting 4 Wiring sketch map of 2 and outdoor units These 2 ways are both available and the total number of outdoor unit must be lt 32 in one controller Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit 1 way Outdoor unit Central controller 274 way Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Central controller The 2 wiring ports are as follows F2 E joints are used for PC connection K1 K2 E joints are used for outdoor unit connections E joint is the common terminal Control system 271 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Outdoor central controller joint sample 5 Structure and composition 9 e e Computer c
183. h an area above 0 75 mm Do not bind signal line and copper pipe together with belting Make sure that the shield metal layer should be grounded well indoor control box in order to prevent interference Its forbidden to connect 200V or above high volt live wire to the communication terminal O A O Specification amp performance 39 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 5 3 Outdoor unit power wiring 5 3 1 Separate Power Supply without power facility Minimum Power wire diameter mm DAS Creepage Item Wiring of mental and synthetic resin breaker Power supply Model MVUH252B VA3 Fe MVUH280B VA3 domm 920 380V 415V 3N 4 16 mm lt 50 maom 0 MVUH400B VA3 50 4 MVUH450B VA3 4x16 mm 20 m 1x16 mm 6 3 50 5 3 2 With power facilities Outdoor unit lt Leakage Manual 25 30 100 mA 1 or 40 0 2 0 50 50 I x NON power supply protector switch 380 415V 3N 50 60 Hz Leakage protector Manual switch ait 4 Y Ld Branch box GND Power facilities 1 Outdoor unit D ND with leakage protector D Leakage X Outdoor unit 45 GND protector Manual Outdoor unit L GND 4 Outdoor unit D SN Branch box X N Outdoor unit Power facilities 2 with leakage protector zm Outdoor unit D ep 40 Specification amp performance
184. h is 5m and height difference is Om Precaution The indoor relative humidity should be lower than 80 If the air conditioner works in an environment with a relative humidity higher than mentioned above the surface of the air conditioner may condensate In this case it is recommended to set the air speed of the indoor unit to high Specification amp performance 43 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 7 Capacity Tables 8HP cooling mode Indoor temperature C DB WD Combination p __ 130 22 14 3 94 29 52 33 Las me se 626 e o4 65 2625 2042 ume 2s 285 228 som ses sree ses 2012 a02 Ls ume oo 255 2026 ast sre 2 3012 205 Ls ume 29e 22 ass som ser sree s00 em 3012 ume se ao asco 225 646 2626 65 2540 5 5 z 44 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 18 72 2 19 22 32 2 65 25 92 3 16 27 72 3 41 29 52 3 67 31 77 3 82 32 49 3 93 perpe an mme xe i Le er m or pee oem pm se omm are pm xe 400 as er ae 2520 sse
185. he air conditioner is locked the air conditioner does not receive remote control signals from the remote controller or wired controller until the remote controller is unlocked Press the Query key and then press the Lock key and the keys of the centralized controller will be locked or unlocked If the keys are currently locked press the foregoing keys concurrently again and the keys will be unlocked if the keys are currently unlocked press the foregoing keys concurrently and the keys will be locked If the keys are locked pressing of any key other than the Unlock key will be ineffective In the unified setting page press the Up button and the Lock button concurrently to lock all air conditioner modes in the network The mode locking is cancelled when the key is pressed again 16 Confirmation button In the setting mode press the button to send the currently selected mode status and the auxiliary function status to the selected air conditioner and display the mode setting operation results After you select the operation mode and auxiliary function status information of the air conditioner if you do not press the confirmation key the selected information will not be sent to the air conditioner and will not affect the current operation of the air conditioner The operations of remote controller locking and unlocking do not need pressing the confirmation key The command information is sent directly after the locking key is pressed 17 Reset
186. he circuit breaker and the ground fault circuit interrupter earth circuit breaker 36 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en 5 Wiring Diagrams and Field Wiring 5 1 Wiring Diagram For 8 10HP Specification amp performance P mis x E x AB CN Toi Three phase power sei mer d amit alter discretionarily 8 10HP P ini High pressure ON OFF switch Outdoor unit E setting EXVA EM wit 2 127 a Outdoor unit mim 13 setting XP4 XP7 Middle terminal i x 14 Outdoor Temp sensor Current Discharge Temp sensor of x Protection module inverter compressor T M OUI TOV t er 5 Reactor The setting of ENC is not allowed to alter discretionarily 00 Filter board 2 1016 Current inductor 11 us 3 phase bridge rectifier 0 DSP1 and DSP2 display content see rer uere ate setting doesn t match the capacity in ci LEB Taf tr error HD time P protection in it ire re Auxiliary unit error 51 2366 stands for auxiliary unit error High condenser temp Protection IP Inverter mle protection __ PO 00ta protection 00 Oi returning 80 2
187. iming shutdown of air conditioner press the key again to exit the timing setting and restore the normal temperature regulation operation mode time off set temperature regulation 7T Swing In setting operation mode press this key to enable or disable the swing function If all currently selected air conditioners have no swing function no effect will result after pressing the key 8 Leftward button In the query mode every time when you press the button the operation status data of the previous air conditioner will be displayed If it is currently on the first machine press the key again and the data of the last machine will be displayed If you hold down this key the address will decrease one by one In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in single operation mode the air conditioner of the previous in service address number will be selected If it is in the global operation mode no effect will result after the key is pressed In the main page press the button to enter the query mode By default it is the first air conditioner in service 208 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 9 Rightward button In the query mode every time when you press the button the operation status data of the last air conditioner will be displayed If it is currently on the last machine press the key and the data of the first machine will be displayed If you hold down this key
188. indoor units but cannot connect to AHUKZ 02 the heat recovery system AHUKZ 03 Individually designed for the HRV Heat Recovery KJR 27B BGE Ventilator Control system 251 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 1 Digital ammeter DTS634 The digital ammeter DTS634 is a device to calculate the power consumption of the outdoor unit and transmit the information when it is required lt Steadily functioning and needs no adjusting Be with great precision lt gt lt Works wide working temperature from 35 C to 55 C lt gt Be able to built inside the outdoor units in our factory 6 1 1 Digital ammeter wiring The ammeter has two kinds of ports One is the power port used to calculate the current flow through it The other is the signal port O A E used to send the signals to the other device Both of these two kinds of port should be connected and fastened before use 1 Three phase four wire system with current transformer 2 0 gt 2 Three phase three wire system with current transformer HOROU A B C 3 Three phase four wire system 252 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 Three phase three wire system with current transformer and voltage transformer Q 2
189. ishes simultaneously sends the OFF If having set TIMER ON or TIMER OFF the wired controller will cancel these settings before entering into OFF close the concern indicator and then send the OFF information 8 Fan speed selection button Can select anyone fan speed from MED and HIGH Each time press the button the fan speed will change in turn as follow 9 Adjustment button The button only for time adjustment and press the A button time increases 10 Adjustment button The button only for time adjustment press the button time decreases 11 LOCK button hidden 288 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Use a small stick with the diameter of 1mm to press the LOCK button can lock the current setting press the button again then cancel the setting 6 8 2 Using the wired controller 1 Automatic operation Insert the power supply operation lamp of HRV flashes 1 Press MODE to select AUTO 2 Press ON OFF button the operation lamp of HRV unit lights the HRV start operating at the auto mode the fan speed is controlled automatically wired controller display screen display AUTO the fan speed is un adjustable Press the button ON OFF again and then the HRV stops operating 2 The operation of heat recovery bypass supply 1 Press the MODE button to select any one of HEAT RECOVERY BYPASS or SUPPLY mode 2 Press the button FAN SPEED to select any on
190. isplay in the area 2 1 3 Operating the wired controller 1 AUTO Operation x Insert the power supply of indoor unit and operation lamp of indoor unit will flash x Press MODE to select AUTO x Set the desired temperature by Pressing the TEMP Aand TEMP usually the temperature range is set from 17 to 30 x Press ON OFF the operation lamp of indoor unit lights the air conditioner starts operating at the automatic mode and the fan speed is controlled automatically wired controller display screen display AUTO so the fan speed is un adjustable x Press the button ON OFF again and the air conditioner stops operating Notes The ECONOMICAL button is available at the auto operation mode 2 COOL HEAT FAN ONLY Operation x Press the MODE button to select any one of COOL DRY HEAT or FAN ONLY mode Select the desired temperature by Pressing the TEMP Aand TEMP usually the temperature range is set from 17 to 30 x Press the button FAN SPEED to select any one of AUTO LOW MED or HIGH fan speed modes Press the ON OFF the operation lamp on indoor unit lights the air conditioner operates according the mode selected x Press the button ON OFF again stop the air conditioner Notes 1 Under fan only mode the temperature cannot be set Control system 189 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 The economical button is valid in cool heat mode 3 Cooling only unit has not heat mode
191. it 1 One row gt 800 100 500mm Installation 107 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 Two rows gt 800mm gt 1 X Front Front 100 500mm 4 When the outdoor unit is lower than the surrounding obstacle Refer to the layout used when the outdoor unit is higher than the surrounding obstacle However to avoid cross connection of the outdoor hot air from affecting the heat exchange effect please add an air director onto the exhaust hood of the outdoor unit to facilitate heat dissipation See the figure below The height of the air director is HD namely H h Please make the air director on site Front 100 500mm 108 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 5 For limited space installation The dimensions should meet the request according to the marks otherwise a mechanic exhaust device must be added Front view Front view a B gt 45 gt 300 gt 1000 D Airflow deflector 6 Set the snow proof facility In snowy areas facilities should be installed to prevent snow See the figure below defective facilities may cause malfunction Please lift the bracket higher and install snow shed at the air inlet and air outlet Snow shed for air inlet Snow shed for air outlet Snow shed for air inlet Installation 109 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter
192. k whether the wires of rectifier circuit are loose or not If wires are loosen fasten the wires If wires are OK replace the PCB 3 Phase rectifier stack Filter board 172 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 20 3 xL2 troubleshooting Step 1 Check the DC voltage between P and terminal the normal value should be 510 580 or 296V 324V if the voltage is higher than 580V or 310V go to step 2 Step 2 Check the voltage between two electrolytic capacitors the normal value should be 510 30 or 310V 30V if not the range then the PCB has malfunction it needs to be replaced Turn the measure range of the meter to 1kV and measure the voltage between two electrolytic capacitors C m 9 Troubleshooting 173 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 21 xP9 xH9 Fan module protection Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby If the system display three times P9 protection in 30 minutes the system will stop and display H9 error code When the system displays H9 error code the system can resume only by restarting the machine At this time malfunction should be disposed promptly to avoid further damage P9 H9 Fan module protection The fan module is too hot for bad Yes heat dissipation or high ambient temperature Some power wires or signal Yes wires of fan module are loose The fan motor is blocked o
193. ked by word or by symbols with the direction of the fluid flow 11 For electrical work follow the local national wiring standard regulation and installation instruction An independent circuit and single outlet must be used If electrical circuit capacity is not enough or defect in electrical work it will cause electrical shock fire 12 Use the specified cable and connect tightly and clamp the cable so that no external force will be acted on the terminal If connection or fixing is not perfect it will cause heat up or fire at the connection 13 Wiring routing must be properly arranged so that control board cover is fixed properly If control board cover is not fixed perfectly it will cause heat up at connection point of terminal fire or electrical shock 14 If the supply cord is damaged it must be replaced by the manufacture or its service agent or similarly qualified person in order to avoid a hazard 15 An all pole disconnection switch having a contract separation of at least 3mm in poles should be connected in fixed wiring 16 When carrying out piping connection take care not to let air substances go into refrigeration cycle Otherwise it will cause lower capacity abnormal high pressure in the refrigeration cycle explosion and injury 17 Do not modify the length of the power supply cord or use of extension cord and do not share the single outlet with other electrical appliances Otherwise it will cause fire or ele
194. l function of MD NIMO9 E is turning down the indoor unit automatically So users should run the indoor unit firstly and adjust the temperature fan speed etc via the wired controller Once set users do not need to turn down the indoor unit The MD NIMO9 will turn it down automatically after the users leave Once the users come to the infrared sensor s detective area the MD NIMO9 turns the indoor unit on and runs it at the status which is set previously Main parameters Input voltage DC 5 Ambient temperature 5 43 Ambient humidity RH40 RH90 6 3 3 Installation x Dimensions Infrared sensor Control box 15 5mm 86mm 72 8m 260 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A e gt Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Code switch position Connect to main board amp display panel o Control system 261 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en x Wires methods Connect to CN1 infra red inductive control box only if E port is available Wired controller Butt joint wire Used for lengthen the wire only From CN2 of infra il iji m red inductive control box Connect to indoor main Boss v4 Connect to display panel 7 Connect to CN3 of infra red inductive control box Connect to infra red sensor HEH HE Notes The infrared inductive controller is a low voltage device so it s forbidden to contact with above 220V
195. lastic expansion tube 06X30 GB845 ST3 9X25 C H S Address Switch 00 15 Control system 217 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en The installation procedure show in Fig 1 6 Fig 1 8 is for and Installation dimensions As shown in the figure on the right side Installation screw holes 4 holes Rotate the flathead screwdriver slightly toopenthe upper cover at points screws for fixing the centralized controller GB845 ST3 9 25 2 Holder Power cable interface of centralized controller 198V 242V 50 60HZ Upper COVer Emergent stop switch Emergent start switch Communication interface with computer Communication interface with indoor interface 218 Control system
196. lated according to the formula in the technical reference 124 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A of outdoor unit It isn t allowed to calculate by running current pressure and temperature Because current and pressure is changeable due to the difference of temperature and length of pipeline 2 In the cold ambient use warm water and hot wind to warm up refrigerant storage cylinder and don t allow heating up directly by flame 3 4 1 3 Recharging R410A refrigerant If R410A refrigerant is adopted the tool shall be different Confirm the following items before Recharged 1 The different vacuum pump with one way valve 2 The different pressure gauge the nut of connector and pressure scale are different 3 The different recharging soft pipe and connector 4 The charging method is different Recharge into the outdoor unit with liquid phase 5 The different leak detector 3 4 2 Calculating the recharged refrigerant volume Calculate the recharged refrigerant volume by the length and dia of liquid pipe of indoor units R410A Equivalent Refrigerant for Equivalent Refrigerant for Diameter of Liquid Pipe Pipe Length of 1m kg m Diameter of Liquid Pipe Pipe Length of 1m kg m Calculating formula 410 The recharged volume Kg L1x0 023 kg m 2 0 060 kg m L3x0 120 kg m L4x0 180 kg m 5 0 270 kg m L6x0 380 kg m L7x0 520kg m L8xO 680kg m L1 Actual total leng
197. length of HPVC duct is more than 500mm the joint section of duct and flange should be equipped with strengthening board and the gap should not be more than 450mm 5 3 Connecting Highlights of Duct 1 Supporting hanging and mounting bracket should be made of angle steel Position of expansion bolt should be correct firm and reliable The buried part could not be painted and oil pollution should be eliminated Gap should be in accordance with regulation below 1 If duct is installed horizontally gap should be no more than 4m when diameter or edge length is less than or equal to 400mm while the gap should be no more than 3m when diameter or edge length is more than 400mm 2 If duct is installed vertically gap should be no more than 4m and make sure there is at least 2 fixed points on single straight pipe 2 Supporting hanging and mounting bracket could not be installed at air opening valve checking door and automatically controlled device and distance to air opening or plugged tube shall not be less than 200mm 3 Hanging bracket should not be hung above flange 4 Thickness of flange gasket should be 3 5mm Gasket should be flat on flange and inserting to pipe is not allowed Set up fixed points at proper place for hanging pipe to prevent vibration 5 Vertical splice seam of duct should be stagger Make sure there is no vertical seam at the bottom of duct installed horizontally As for the installation of flexible short duct keep proper
198. length of the first branch joint which connected to the indoor unit should be equal to or shorter than 40m But when the following conditions are all met the allowable length can be extended to 90m 92 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Condition Example 1 It is needed to increase all the pipe diameters of the the N10 L5 L8 L9 j lt 90m main distribution pipe which between the first and the last branch joint assembly Please change the pipe diameter L2 L3 LA L5 L6 L 7 L8 L9 at field If the pipe diameter of the main slave pipe is Need to increase the pipe diameter of the distribution same as the main pipe then it is not needed to be pipe increased Increasing size as the following 9 5 612 7 2412 7 615 9 15 9 619 1 o 19 1 622 2 22 2 254 25 4 628 6 28 6 31 8 631 8 638 1 38 1 41 3 41 3 44 5 44 5 54 0 2 When counting the total extended length the Reference Figure 4 1 actual length of above distribution pipes must be doubled Expect the main pipe and the distribution pipes which no need to be increased L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 X 2t atbt ct dtetftgthtitj lt 1000m 3 The length from the indoor unit to the nearest Reference Figure 4 1 branch joint assembly lt 40m a b c lt 40m Pipe diameter requirements please refers to table 4 3 4 The distance difference between the outdoor unit Reference Figure 4 1 to the farthest ind
199. lfunction slowly Alarm LED flashes Outdoor unit malfunction slowly Outdoor unit malfunction Water level switch Alarm LED flash malfunction Water level switch malfunction 282 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 7 3 Query instructions Actual address is 1 59 but check Capacity of AHU control box value displays 1 58 T1 actual Temp Minimum displays 9 e e ammon O ymma 6 7 4 Basic specification Power supply 220 240V 50Hz 208 230V 60Hz Indoor unit capacity 20 1 33 40 56 pam we Control system 283 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 7 5 Dial code definition 1 SW1 definition e 1 means the factory test mode e 0 automatic search address mode factory default e means select DC fan reserved e 0 means select AC fan e 00 means DC fan static pressure selection 0 set reserved e 00 means temperature of shut down against cool air is 15 e 01 means temperature of shut down against cool air is 20 e 10 means temperature of shut down against cool air is 24 e 11 means temperature of shut down against cool air is 26 e 00 means the temperature compensation under heating mode is 6 C e 01 means the temperature compensation under heating mode is 2 284 DM13 01 01 01en e 00 means DC fan static pressure selection 0 set reserved e 01 means DC fan s
200. ll above 755mmHg within 2 hours drying please repeat the procedures of vacuum damage vacuum drying d Vacuum placement test when the vacuum degree reaches 755mmH keep rest for 1 hour If the indicator of vacuum gauge does not go up it is qualified If going up it indicates that there is moisture and leak Source 3 4 Recharge Refrigerant 3 4 1 Operation procedure for recharging refrigerant 3 4 1 1 Operation procedure Calculate the required refrigerant volume by the length of liquid pipe recharging refrigerant The refrigerant volume from factory does not include the recharged amount of the pipeline extending 3 4 1 2 Detailed steps for recharging refrigerant 1 Make sure vacuum drying is qualified before recharging refrigerant 2 Calculate the required refrigerant volume by the dia and the length of liquid pipe 3 Use electronic scale or fluid infusion apparatus to weight the recharged refrigerant volume 4 Use soft pipe to connect refrigerant cylinder pressure gauge and examine valve of outdoor unit And recharge with liquid mode Before recharging eliminate the air in the soft pipe and pressure gauge s pipe 5 After finishing the recharging by the gas leak detector or soap water to detect whether there is refrigerant leakage in expansion part of indoor and outdoor units 6 Write the recharged refrigerant volume in the indicating plate of outdoor unit Caution 1 The recharged refrigerant volume must be calcu
201. ll mix which induce the refrigerant circulating system to malfunction so it is recommended to use one way valve to prevent reverse flow of oil in vacuum pump 3 3 1 3 Vacuum drying for pipe Vacuum drying Use vacuum pump to make the moisture liquid in pipeline change into steam which will eliminate the moist of the pipeline and keep drying of pipe inner Under atmospheric pressure water s boiling point steam temperature is 100 C while its boiling point will decline when using vacuum pump reduce the pipeline pressure to vacuum When the boiling point declines under outdoor temperature Installation 123 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter 410 DM13 01 01 01en moisture in pipe shall be evaporated Boiling of Air Pressure Vacuum Degree Boiling of Air Pressure Vacuum Degree mmHg Water mmHg 747 755 3 3 2 Operation procedure for vacuum drying 3 3 2 1 Methods of vacuum drying By different construction environment there are two kinds of vacuum drying ways ordinary vacuum drying and special vacuum drying 3 3 2 1 1 Ordinary vacuum drying 1 Firstly connect the pressure gauge to the infusing mouth of gas pipe and liquid pipe keep vacuum pump running for above 2 hours and it is quality that vacuum degree of vacuum pump is below 55mmHg 2 If the vacuum degree of vacuum pump could not be below 55mmdHg after 2 hours of drying system will continue drying for one hour
202. ller Each fault alarm controller can be connected up to 32 outdoor units and 8 refrigerant systems Fault alarm Outdoor unit o Fault alarm 6 6 2 System wiring diagram Outdoor unit Outdoor unit 1 One computer can be connected only one fault alarm controller 2 Must connect according to the follow system wiring method if not it will not work normally 3 You need to connect R120 to the front or rear of the monitoring system and at the end of communication wire masking should be reliable ground 278 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A o RS232terminal 9 9j Plug in the COM port of computer ri Better way of stripping the communication wire AS front end communication Connect other central controller e ee ee Shielding side grounding reliably Shielding side grounding reliably NO 1 Outdoor unit slave unit 1 NO 1 Outdoor unit slave unit 2 Communication between KWH meter and outdoor Notice when the KWH meter is connected to outdoor unit you can read energy consumption in the outdoor monitor Connect matched R1200 in the front end communication Shielding side grounding reliably Fault alarm wiring base figure Computer communication Air conditioner connecting communication connecting Outdoor unit system figure Fault alarm figure Fault alarm wiring base figure Main con
203. llowanced in the air duct otherwise device may be disoperation Installation 111 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 2 8 Arrangement of outdoor units If more than two outdoor units are combined in the system these outdoor units shall be arranged according to the descending order of their cooling capacity and the outdoor unit with the highest cooling capacity shall be placed at the first branch pipe In addition the outdoor unit with the highest cooling capacity shall be set to master unit while others shall be set to slave units The following takes a system with outdoor units of 40HP 10HP 14HP 16HP as an example 1 Place the outdoor unit of 16HP beside the first branch pipe see the figure below 2 Place the outdoor units in the descending order of their cooling capacity namely 16HP 14HP and 10HP 3 Set the outdoor unit of 16HP to master unit and the outdoor units of 14HP and 10HP to slave unit 10HP Outdoor unit 40HP lt lt lt The st branching tube Indoor unit A Indoor unit B Indoor unit C Remark All the outdoor units should be installed on the location of same level or it may cause imbalance of refrigerant distributing and lead the fault of the compressors Although the MIV V5 series outdoor units can auto balance the load due to the master free cycle duty operation but it is still recommended to install the biggest unit close to the first branch and set as master also
204. ly Week Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat D Year LJ 20 00 01 02 03 04 32 33 34 35 38 37 38 38 40 42 43 44 45 46 se 49 so st 52 83 se 57 se en 61 62 63 Weekly Timer Off 89 S 224 Weekly timer off Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 3 2 4 Button names On Off Weekly timer Query Airconditiner Set Airconditioner Confirm to save Confirm to save Enter the setting Used to select the air Set Set of the weekly d aas conditioner to be set Run Mode Speed Set Swing or queried Gar eene 9 Co C Cn Cm JC 3 D e Lock 1 On Off key Press the ON OFF button All air conditioners will be shut down if they are running on the contrary they will be started up If you press the button for less than 5 seconds the startup mode is the last running mode of the air conditioner If you press the button for more than 5 seconds the startup mode is cooling fan runs at high Speed and the set temp is 24 degrees 2 SET key Press the SET button and then select set single or set all Set single indicates to set the parameter such as mode temperature Fan speed weekly timer of a single selected air condi
205. m ee zm me o ps pem s se se me sas os os pues pee we aem sm pee se me Lo o pues pen pe asm se e sav maze se me Note 1 is shown as reference 2 heating mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 15 to 20 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 78 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 18HP cooling mode Indoor temperature C DB WD Combinati of Outdoor DB 20 8 WB 14 DB 23 3 WB 16 DB 25 8 WB 18 DB 27 WB 19 DB 28 2 WB 20 DB 30 7 WB 22 DB 32 WB 24 ombination temperature C ug ee ier 16 Capacity index DB T s sm ee sm erw oss esos soo err oss 48 43 93 16 19 49 29 16 42 53 46 16 57 54 45 16 65 54 88 16 71 54 64 16 86 55 64 16 90 gt som se sez ris sor eas sae 256 962 oazo 6572 10m som sss sem ess wee sri zs 6872 100 o s21 soor ees cooo ss stes 998 1021 s21 oar aos sooo seo 2 vosr 108 os eso soor
206. m Outdoor branch g1 92 8 10HP 25 4 12 7 12 18 31 8 15 9 L FQZHW 02N1 91 g2 g3 8 10HP 25 4 12 7 4M 12 18HP 31 8 15 9 FQZHW 03N G1 38 1 19 1 91 g2 93 94 8 10HP 25 4 12 7 12 18HP 31 8 15 9 G1 38 1 19 1 G2 41 3 22 2 L M N FQZHW 04N1 Notice All branches must be purchased from Midea Installation 95 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 1 3 Pipe selection example Fig 4 3 W3 w2 w 10 12 16 gi 92 93 L lt A M L4 G1 L5 Notice Suppose total equivalent pipe length beyond 90m 1 1 3 1 Select each indoor unit pipe a j according to the table 4 3 s Suppose 10m _ Suppose _ s n s Suppose stom 9159085 _ 5 s Suppose stom 9159085 _ s Suppose 10m 19 1 12 7 1 1 3 2 Select main pipe L1 indoor main pipe L2 L9 indoor branch A l according to the table 4 4 Indoor main pipe indoor Total capacity of branch indoor units x100W 9 Gas Liquid L3 C N1 N2 280 230SA lt 330 22 2 9 5 FQZHN 02 L4 D N3 N4 280 230SA lt 330 22 2 9 5 FQZHN 02 L1 A N1 10 1118 920SA lt 1350 8 1 19 1 FQZHN 04 96 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 1 3 3 Select pipe L1 and outdoor unit pipe g1 g3 G1 outdoor branch The Max equivalent pipe length2 90m Range Refer to
207. mension 8HP 10HP Dimensions Combinable o lee JN p o
208. motor model If the measured value is OO the fan motor is short circuit 3 How to check whether the inverter module is output error Let P N and U V W port of inverter module short circuit then dial multimeter to buzzer file if the multimeter is ring the inverter module is output error Troubleshooting 155 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 6 E7 Discharge temperature sensor error Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby E7 Discharge temperature sensor error Fasten the connecting port The sensor port on PCB is loosen The sensor is short circuit or disabled Using a multi meter to measure resistance if the resistance is too small the sensor is short circuit if the resistance in certain temperature is not consistent with attached table 1 the sensor is disabled Rewrite the chip MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled NO PCB is disabled Replace PCB 4 7 E8 Outdoor unit address is wrong Only display on faulty slave unit all the ODU in standby E8 Outdoor unit address is wrong The ODU s address is more than 3 or LES The addresses should be set less be set repeatedly than 3 and differently PCB is disabled Replace PCB 156 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 8 xE9 S11 setting doesn t match the capacity Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby xE9 511 setting doesn t match the capacity Check whether th
209. n Dm pee gt ss m wm 128 me 1 me 142 1608 tor e _ o es es ta Tem 126 2 es ww nus 132 138 me 1500 164 6m s es 1e we 136 2e 148 12 e wr er 1 s ss t m wm me 146 me t9 1608 ara 1674 186 Note 1 is shown as reference 2 cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 46 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 Itis recommended to connect less than 130 Specification amp performance 47 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en heating mode Indoor temperature C WB Outdoor temperature C DB 17 48 4 34 17 40 4 65 11 32 4 96 17 32 5 11 17 23 5 26 17 23 5 57 Ls as ae war aoe was mas sas was m 530 556 274 2074 eor 2066 633 es o1 ee ss zur 676 zur ooo ze ex zu 624 ze 649 o or n es 2681 ere 6 716 o se aver see rar 745 716 s 7s se se zr se 750 672 o os r s
210. n conducting trial run separately test cooling mode and heating mode to judge the stability and reliability of system 8 2 2 Commissioning for the trial run of the paralleled system 1 Check and confirm that operation of single unit is normal through trial operation After confirm it is normal conduct operation of the whole system i e Commissioning of MIV system 2 Commissioning is carried out according to the Technical Requirement of Product When Commissioning analyze and record operation status so as to understand the operation status of the whole system for convenient maintenance and examination 3 After finishing Commissioning fill out Commissioning report in detail The commissioning report form is shown as follows 136 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Commissioning Report for Midea MIV System Date dd mm yy Address Tel Supplier Delivery date dd mm yy Installation section Principal Commissioning section Principal Remark recharged refrigeration quantity to system kg Name of refrigerant R22 R407C R410A Installing section Commissioning name seal seal Signature Signature Date dd mm yy Date dd mm yy Installation 137 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Test Data for Test Run of System Run Voltage V Operation current of compressor 1 Lowsressure pressure __ jOutetairtempera
211. n to flange and bolt of circular metal duct mm dud Specification of flange D Specification of bolt Flat steel Angle steel Specification to flange and bolt of rectangle metal duct mm Dimension of long edge of duct b Specification of flange angle steel Specification of bolt 3 Diameter of bolt and rivet to duct flange for middle low pressure system should be no more than 150mm As for duct of high pressure system it should be no more than 100mm 4 Four angles of rectangle duct flange should be designed with screw hole 5 When improving the strength of duct flange position by adopting reinforcement method the applied condition corresponding to flange specification could be extended 2 Connection of nonmetallic duct opecification of flange should be in accordance with standard gap of bolt hole should be no more than 130 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 120m Four angles of rectangle duct flange should be designed with screw hole 3 Strengthening of metal duct When edge length of rectangle duct is more than 630mm edge length of insulation duct is more than 800mm and length of pipe section is more than 1250 or single edge level area of low pressure duct is more than 1 2 square meters and single edge level area of high middle pressure duct is more than 1 0 square meter strengthening measures should be conducted 4 Strengthening of nonmetallic duct When diameter or edge
212. nal static pressure to respond to a range of various installation environments Midea now offers up to 60 6 12 mm external static pressure for customized applications 60 Pa is available for the 12HP model 40Pa is available for other models A standard 0 20Pa function is equipped by default 2 3 2 More options of indoor units and high capacity connection Lineup of heat pump types is 8 to 72 HP Indoor units consist of 14 types with 115 models sepals ranges from 1 8kW to 56kW A maximum 130 indoor unit s connective ratio is allowed for all outdoor unit capacities This wide selection of models makes it possible to build a system that suits the customer s requirements 2 4 High Comfort 2 4 1 Optional outdoor units Silent Mode control Night silent operation will be activated X 6 8 hours after the peak temperature during daytime and it will get back to normal operation after Y 8 10 12 hours Super silent operation mode can reduce sound level further minimum 45 A This function can be activated by setting at site Temperature load curve shown in the graph is just an example 4 General Information DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Model 1 X 6 hours Y 10 hours Model 2X 8 hours Y 10 hours Model 3 6 hours Y 12 hours Model 4 X 8 hours Y 8 hours 100 5 50 al Noise dB 7 08 00 14 00 22 0
213. nd elevation difference Calculation of the actual capacity for each indoor unit e Calculate the corrected indoor outdoor capacity ratio based on the corrected outdoor unit capacity and the total corrected capacity of all indoor units in the same system Recheck of the actual capacity for each indoor unit f the capacity is inadequate reexamine the unit combinations 1 2 Indoor Unit Selection Enter INDOOR UNIT CAPACITY TABLES at given indoor and outdoor temperature Select the unit that the capacity is the nearest to and greater than given load Note Individual indoor unit capacity is subject to change by the combination Actual capacity has to be calculated according to the combination by using outdoor unit capacity table 1 2 1 Calculation of Actual Capacity of Indoor Unit Because the capacity of a multi air conditioner changes according to the temperature conditions tubing length elevation difference and other factors select the correct model after taking into account the various correction values When selecting the model calculate the corrected capacities of the outdoor unit and each indoor unit Use the corrected outdoor unit capacity and the total corrected capacity of all the indoor units to calculate the actual final capacity of each indoor unit Find the indoor unit capacity correction coefficient for the following items e Capacity correction for the indoor unit temperature conditions From the graph of capacity chara
214. ndoor units 6 Emergent shutdown and compulsory startup When the emergent shutdown switch of the centralized controller is shorted all air conditioners in the network of the centralized controller will shut down compulsorily The centralized controller and computer and all functional modules are disabled from startup and shutdown until the foregoing switch is open When the compulsory startup switch of the centralized controller is shorted all air conditioners in the network of the centralized controller will start up compulsorily In default conditions they will run in the cooling mode The startup and shut down operations of the centralized controller and the computer and all functional modules will be disabled only the command of startup is sent to the air conditioner without affecting operation of the remote controller after startup until the foregoing switch is opened If the foregoing two switches are shorted in the same time the emergent shutdown switch shall have preference 206 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 3 1 2 Buttons and Functions SHING rae or LOCK QUERY A RESET REDUCE Keys of centralized controller 1 Query button Any time when you press the button the selected operation mode is to query the operation status of the air conditioner By default the first in service air conditioner will be queried Through the Increase and Decrease keys you can chang
215. ng that means the address code is 14 8 4 2 If the lights are flash and the buzzer isn t warning the address code should plus 16 that means the address code is 30 16 8 4 2 If the Running Timer and Fan defend fan lights are normally and the buzzer is warning that means the address code is 46 32 8 4 2 If the lights are flash and the buzzer is warning that means the address code is 62 48 8 4 2 Press the button for 10 seconds If the timer and warning lights are normally on that means the capacity code is 5 4 1 and the capacity of indoor unit is 71x100W 2 5HP Note Communication wires should be shield wire and indoor units should be connected in series Troubleshooting 153 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 4 E4 Ambient temperature sensor T4 error Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby E4 Ambient temperature sensor T4 error Connecting wire between Fasten the sensor and PCB is loose connecting port Sensor is short circuit or disabled Using a multimeter to measure resistance if the resistance is too Yes small the sensor is short circuit if Replace the sensor the resistance in certain temperature is not consistent with attached table 1 the sensor is disabled MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled Rewrite the chip NO PCB is disabled Replace PCB Case There is no display on PCB of one system and the problem still
216. ng capacity determined by installed method and environment is not less than the largest current of unit 3 Wiring shall ensure the stability of movement and heating 4 The smallest sectional area should satisfy the requirement of mechanical strength Sectional area of core to phase line Smallest sectional area of PE line mm When earth protection line shortly called PE line is made of material the same as phase line the smallest sectional area of PE line should be in accordance with the regulation below Sectional area of core to phase line S mm2 Smallest sectional area of PE line mm2 Distribution highlights of distribution wiring 1 When distributing wiring select wirings with different colors for phase line zero line and protection earth according to relevant regulations 2 The power wire and control wire of concealed engineering is prohibited to bind together with refrigerant piping It is necessary to pass through wire tube and be distributed separately and the gap between control line and power wire should be 500mm at least 3 When distributing wiring by passing through pipe the following should be paid attention to 1 Metal wire tube could be used in indoor and outdoor but it is not suitable to place with acid alkali corrosion 2 Plastic wire tube is generally used in indoor and place with corrosion but it is not suitable to situation with mechanical damage 3 The wiring through pipe shall not be in the form
217. o prevent system fault due to leakage of refrigerant 3 2 1 2 Operation tips Subsection detection overall pressure keeping grading pressurization 3 2 1 3 Operation procedure 1 After piping of indoor unit has been connected weld port of high pressure side piping 2 Weld low pressure side piping with connector for pressure gauge together 3 Charge nitrogen slowly into pressure gauge connector to conduct air tightness test 3 2 2 Operation of air tightness test 3 2 2 1 Operation procedure 1 When conducting air tightness test make sure that gas pipe and liquid pipe are kept in full shut status otherwise nitrogen might enter the circulation system of outdoor unit Both gas valve and liquid valve need to be strengthened before pressurization d 2 Each refrigerant system shall be slowly pressurized from the two sides of gas pipe and liquid pipe 3 Make use of dry nitrogen as medium to conduct air tightness test Phase in control diagram of pressurization is as follows Poder ab 3 2 2 2 Pressure observation 1 Pressurize to regulated value and maintain 24 hours When modifying pressure according to variation of temperature it is qualified if pressure drop does not happen If pressure falls find out the leak source and modify it 2 Modification method When ambient temperature difference is 1 the pressure difference shall be 0 1 Modification formula Real value pressure of pressurization temper
218. ocking command 3 If the air conditioner is in the mode of locking press lt gt select cooling locking and heating locking indicating press Confirm to send the selected unlock command to all air conditioners Control system 228 DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 5 How to lock and unlock the key board of the weekly timer central controller Under the main interface 1 Press and hold Query and then press Lock 2 The keyboard will be locked if itis unlocked If itis locked it will be unlocked 6 How to set the function and relevant parameters of the weekly timer of the air conditioner Under the main interface 1 Press Program to enter the setting status interface of single air conditioner press the button repeatedly to select Single and alternately displaying Set if select sigle press A jto selectone JLV JCB Press Confirmto select air conditioner to Dress cancel the selection and the next step return to the last step 2 Selecting All indicates to set the weekly timer parameters of all air conditioners and All is displayed Selecting Single displays the address of the air conditioner 22 for example if the air conditioner whose address is 12 is selected 12 3 Press J gt to select the day of the week Press Confirm to select the da
219. of the week 7 Continually shut down the timer during periods 2 3 4 according to the above operation Finish setting Control system 231 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 9 How to start up or shut down the weekly timer function of all air conditioners Under the main interface 1 Press Weekly 2 If the weekly timer function is shut down then start up it if the weekly timer function is started up and then shut down it 3 If the weekly timer function is shut down idsplay Weekly Timer Off 10 How to modify the system time Under the main interface 1 Press for 5 seconds enter the time setting interface 2 Press lt gt fora long time to select the minute hour day month year that need to be modified 3 First press to select the Year that needs to be modified 4 Press modify Year 5 then Press gt toselectthe Month that needs to be modified 6 Press Add modify Month 232 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 7 Press gt againtoselectthe Day that needs to be modified 8 Press Add J Reduce modify Day 9 Press J gt toselectthe Hour that needs to be modified 10 Press to modify Hour 11 Press D againtoselectthe Minute that need to be modified 10 Press to modify Minute 9 Press Confi
220. om the competent authority 1 3 7 Warning 1 Be sure only trained and qualified service personnel to install repair or service the equipment Improper installation repair and maintenance may result in electric shocks short circuit leaks fire or other damage to the equipment 2 Install according to this installation instructions strictly If installation is defective it will cause water leakage electrical shock fire 3 When installing the unit in a small room take measures against to keep refrigerant concentration from exceeding allowable safety limits in the event of refrigerant leakage Contact the place of purchase for more information Excessive refrigerant in a closed ambient can lead to oxygen deficiency 4 Use the attached accessories parts and specified parts for installation otherwise it will cause the set to fall water leakage electrical shock fire 5 Install at a strong and firm location which is able to withstand the set s weight If the strength is not enough or installation is not properly done the set will drop to cause injury 6 The appliance must be installed 2 5m above floor 104 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 7 The appliance shall not be installed in the laundry 8 Before obtaining access to terminals all supply circuits must be disconnected 9 The appliance must be positioned so that the plug is accessible 10 The enclosure of the appliance shall be mar
221. ommunication Air conditioner connecting communication connecting DM13 01 01 01en Turn a screwdriver at the concave on bottom panel Back Cover Top Cover LCD Board Bottom Cover Wood Mounting screw 4 20 When installing the Wired Controller you should adjust the bottom of the Wired Controller Board to the Wired Controller Back Cover which should be fixed first then press the other end of the Wired Controller Board 6 Power supply of the Wired Controller to remove the Back Cover Holes matche with the 86X86 Wiring box When instaling the Wired Controller Cover be sure there is a hole in the wall to avoid the Wire Controller Back Cover being fixed directly to the wall which is not allowed for the Wire Joint extrudes out of the Wired Controller Back Cover 2 uses a power adaptor to obtain power supply from the normal AC 220V Remenber to connect the adaptor s connector 2 2 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Outdoor CCM Power Transformer AC220V AC8 5V Power Supply Connector 7 Query and error codes Press QUERY button to start the query function Then press the PREVOIS and NEXT button to select the outdoor units that want to check Press PAGE UP button 15 times to display the corresponding outdoor s error code or 16 times to display the protection codes Control system 273 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01
222. on Modification coefficient of the length and high difference of refrigerant pipe H m LL bet i 4 EL zl EB ail 4 sis AUN Wi ll tt 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 175 L m L Refrigerant pipe equivalent length H Height difference between outdoor and indoor 20 Selection Procedure DM12 01 01 01en MIV V4 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 4 2 Heating capacity modification Modification coefficient of the length and high difference of refrigerant pipe H m 11 Ld 4 _ 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 175 L m L Refrigerant pipe equivalent length H Height difference between outdoor and indoor Selection Procedure 21 MIV V4 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM12 01 01 01en 2 Unit selection Based on cooling load 2 1 Given condition 2 1 1 Design condition Cooling Indoor 20 WB Outdoor 35 DB 2 1 2 d load Location eoma moms Remo s _ 2 1 3 Power supply unit Outdoor 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz Indoor 220 240V 1Ph 50Hz 2 1 4 Pipe length 50m 2 1 5 Height difference 30m 2 2 Indoor unit selection Select the suitable capacity for condition of Indoor 20 C WB Outdoor 35 DB using indoor unit capacity table The selected result is as follo
223. on bottom panel to remove the Back Cover Top Cover LCD Board Bottom Cover Wood Mounting When installing the Wired Controller Cover sure there is hole in the wall to avoid the When installing the Wired Controller you should Back Cover being fixed directly to the wall adjust the bottom of the Wired Controller Board to which is not allowed for the Wire Joint the Wired Controller Back Cover which should be extrudes out of the Back Cover fixed first then press the other end of the Wired Controller Board 4 Dimensions 120 120 15mm 120 5 Wiring method p 2 2 2 222 2 2 2 p 7 2 LCL Wired Controller lt 5 Core Shield Cable the length is decided by installation RUN GND Indoor Unit Switch Board 194 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Notes When install the wired controller an additional 5 terminal is needed to install in indoor unit fasten an infrared emission fasten with glue connect the anode and the cathode respectively to A and B then connect the 5 GND and RUN respectively to C D and E on the terminal 6 Wiring diagram of wired controller 1 Wiring diagram between wired controller and four way cassette of indoor unit Indoor Unit Electric Controlling Box Electric Controlling 5 Plug CN10 Main Board Plane of Indoor Unit N
224. on is the relative time it is relative to the standard time of operating wired controller If having setting the timer on or timer off then the clock cannot be adjusted 8 Cancel the Filter Cleaning Icon When the calculated operating time reach the setting filter cleaning time the filter cleaning icon will be lighted up to remind the user to clean the filter screen After cleaning it can long press the ECONOMICIAL button for 3 seconds to cancel the icon 9 Initialization Parameters Setting For some functions of the wired controller if the default setting in following list cannot meet the user s request the user can select the function for setting follow the below method Cooling only Cooling and Cooling and heating Cooling only heating selection setting Default 2500 Time setting for reminding 3 Cancel the function 1250 hours hours 5000 hours 10000 hours to clean the filter Default Centigrade Fahrenheit Centigrade Default Fahrenheit selection setting Control system 191 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Long press the FAN SPEED and MODE buttons for 5 seconds together and enter into the initialization function setting interface After enter into the setting interface the temperature display area will display YX Y means the first function code and X means the second function code details refer to the up table Y will on all the time X will flash with 1Hz frequency Press TEMPAand TE
225. onnection according to our corresponding wire diagrams Especially please remember our communication wire is polar it means you must connect the communication wire correspondingly to the terminal block 1 2 11 3 Additional charge of refrigerant Recheck the calculation formula and recalculate the total recharge volume according to our supplied formula 1 2 11 4 Open the stop valve of gas and liquid pipe with Allen key Check leakage of stop valve with soap water Please confirm whether the outdoor unit has been connected to the power for 12hr before start test running Test running Turn on all of the indoor units with cooling mode and set the temperature in 17degree with high fan speed first after the system operated test following operation parameters of the system including indoor units and outdoor units parameters 1 3 Installation Preparation 1 3 1 Installation tools and instruments All the necessary tools should be available and their models and specifications should meet the installation and technical requirements The instruments and meters should be tested or verified and their scales and accuracy should meet the requirements The common tools for installing refrigerant machine are listed below 1 jPipcuter A Electronic scale 2 J Stelsw A dde Stop n Pipe expander Depend on the pipe Meter rule diameter specification Flaring tool OMME PIRS Screw driver diameter speci
226. oor unit and the outdoor unit to the nearest indoor unit is lt 40 The farthest indoor unit The nearest indoor unit L1 L5 L8 L9 j L1 L2 L3 a lt 40m 2 Level difference above 50m are not supported by default but the project need to be approved by the manufacture If the outdoor unit is above the indoor unit 3 Each branch equals to 0 5m pipe length All branches must be purchased from Midea otherwise system is induced to malfunction Installation 93 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 1 2 Select the refrigerant piping Fig 4 2 w1 10 12 16 L2 L5 Le Ls Lo lt ty N10 140 56 56 Note In the above drawing the capacity unit of indoor side is x100W and the outdoor side is HP Table 4 2 The Pipe Type The Detailed Pipe Place Code Outdoor unit pipe The pipe between outdoor unit and outdoor branch pipe between g1 92 93 outdoor branches 1 1 2 1 Selection of the indoor unit pipes E g The pipe a j in the above drawing Please refer to the following table Table 4 3 units x 100W 19 1 1 1 2 2 Selection of the branches and indoor pipe E g The branches A I and indoor main pipe L2 L9 in the above drawing Please refer to the following table The capacity of downward indoor units x100W Table 4 4 94 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 1 2 3 Sel
227. or L9 frequency difference between the real and the setting frequency more than 15Hz Check compressor N Troubleshooting 16 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DC generatrix check ALI 510V go to next step 2 Check the wiring connection of rectifier circuit find out any loose in the circuit and check the filter board single phase rectifier stack and three phase rectifier stack Note DC and AC switch in the measurement 3 If none of the above works replace the PCB Module check 1 DC voltage between P and N should be about 1 41 times of the local power supply voltage 2 DC voltage between 1 and 2 should be 510V to 580V 3 First adjust multi meter to diode position put the red pen on the 1 point N terminal put black pen on the 3 or 4 or 5 point the value should be approximate 0 378 if the value is 0 the IPM is 168 Trounleshooting MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en broken And then change the red pen to the 2 point P terminal the value should be infinity if the value is O the IPM is broken Troubleshooting 169 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 18 1 xL0 xL8 xL9 troubleshooting Step 1 Replace the modular with correctly wire connection and start the system if system is still malfunction then go to step 2 to check the compressor Step 2 Take out the compressor from the malfunction system shor
228. or me erm pe 50 isso rm e s 9 55 eor m ser mer pm me aroe os pee pr ero sem m pm n erm 76 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 19 8 20 31 91 11 63 31 75 12 11 31 75 12 61 31 59 12 86 31 59 13 09 31 43 13 59 pe 1808 sez aroe s or oes pe amer 1828 sees woes o os 55 ps s s pem som ram sees o fess pen som nae 10 eo sos em pee ser we 8 5 9 1 39 77 14 20 39 77 14 55 39 61 14 90 39 61 15 07 39 61 15 25 39 14 15 40 Ls or ares e er ner m pe wes puse ose s s pem ares n eem vos s C o os fon pee ares ses em 00r sm we om s e ass m m en f or ose er om sens nem p os Or f e 55 pe s ee sen sm ps ow wm s o
229. or and outdoor units to the BACnet protocol BMS lt gt Also be able to connect the indoor and outdoor units only without the BMS lt Contains 4 Groups of RS485 communication ports and able to connect up to 256 indoor units or 128 outdoor units instead lt User can check the units status and change their settings via local network lt Compatible with Firebird 4 2 1System configure MD CCMO6G is able to connect up to 4 groups of RS 485 communicative network Each of the RS 485 networks contains up to 64 indoor units or up to 32 outdoor units The input of MD CCMOG E should be directly connected to the 2 or CCMO3 If there are few MD CCMO6 applied the system the MD CCMOSG can be connected to the HUB and then connected to the monitoring system and BMS Monitoring BMS system Notes MD CCM08 the BMS computer must be at the same subnet address field Or else the device cannot work normally The default address of 8 is set to be under the segment 192 168 Control system 241 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 2 2 Connecting ports and functions Ethernet A use LonWorks notuse Ethernet B 485A 485B 485C 485D Ethernet interface Four groups 485 interface Each one connects Connect Bacnet IP network with a indoor Central controller or a outdoor Central controller F1 F2 E Ethernet interface connect with BACnet I
230. ore pressure keeping reading let it rest for several minutes till pressure is stable to record temperature pressure value for future modification 4 After pressure keeping is over release system pressure to 5 8 kgf cm and then conduct pressure keeping and storage 5 If pipeline is too long conduct phase in detection a Inner side of pipeline b Inner side of pipeline upright c Inner side of pipeline upright outer side of pipeline 3 3 Vacuum Drying 3 3 1 Purpose and highlights of vacuum drying 3 3 1 1 Purpose of vacuum drying 1 Dehumidify the system to prevent ice blockage and copperizing Ice blockage shall cause abnormal operation while copperizing shall damage compressor 2 Eliminating the non condensable gas of system to prevent oxidizing components system pressure fluctuation and bad heat exchanging during the system operation 3 Detect leak source from reverse rotate 3 3 1 2 Selection of vacuum pump 1 The limit of vacuum degree is below 756mmHg 2 The discharge of vacuum pump is over 4L s The precision of vacuum pump is over 0 02mmHg Highlights of R410A system After the vacuum process of R410A refrigerant circulation is over vacuum pump stops running and the lubricant in vacuum pump shall flow back to air conditioning system for the inner of pump soft pipe is in vacuum status In addition same situation shall happen if vacuum pump suddenly stops during operation At this moment different oils wi
231. ormation 9 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 Outdoor Unit Combinations Without 18HP model Capacity Recommend combination HP Max indoor units nos 8 10 HP 12 HP 14 HP 16 HP MVUH252B VA3 MVUH280B VA3 MVUH335B VA3 MVUH400B VA3 O 16 e e e A OO OO C2 oo O Co O O o e o o e KR R KR e o 9 o z 10 General Information DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A With 18HP model Recommendcombination combination Max Capacity indoor HP 8 HP 10 HP 12 HP 14 HP 16 18 HP units a MVUH252B VA3 VA3 La 1 32 ee g Wwesevo e LL sg e _ Lag Iw L j sg s MvuHtoconveg ee Lar mee Wwumsevo e wumemewo le CA e
232. ort on PCB is loose Fasten the T3 port N Yes sensor is short circuit or disabled Replace the sensor Jno Yes Make sure the ratio of connectable The indoor load is too large IDU is less than 13096 or add ODU The heat exchange of condenser is not good It may be caused by dirty heat changer abnormal ODU fan running ODU are too near to each other etc Check the system and fixed up the error The high pressure side of the system is Make sure all valves are open blocked for squashed pipe blocked check the system and remove valve or closed stop valve the obstacle Discharge the entire refrigerant Then vacuum the system and refill the refrigerant Add oil to the system if it leaks Rewrite the chip Replace PCB Note 1 How to check whether the sensor is circuit or disabled Using a multimeter to measure resistance if the resistance is too small the sensor is short circuit if the resistance in certain System contains air or nitrogen MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled No PCB is disabled temperature is not consistent with attached table 1 the sensor is disabled 2 The phenomenon of the indoor load is too large The suction temperature and discharge temperature are both higher than normal value 3 The phenomenon of The high pressure side of the system is blocked The high pressure is higher than normal value the low pressure is lower than normal
233. os oo 750 stas 702 aosr 329 az 360 772 ras sr re sw 686 se m so 1340 3348 5150 1240 2996 2737 1051 o f or s mas 2737 779 s se esz 447 6 2737 642 s 7s s 705 soss 2036 2737 609 as ze s4 ra 336 eas 2036 2737 575 s 5 600 soss 581 ser 23 523 70 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 11 8 13 30 43 12 60 28 71 11 73 27 00 10 88 26 14 10 48 25 29 10 07 23 57 9 31 xas we n was zoo o9 2557 amp 7 _ 212 ee an re am 30 43 7 59 28 71 7 12 27 00 6 66 26 14 6 44 25 29 6 21 23 57 5 77 6 30 43 7 18 28 71 6 74 27 00 6 31 26 14 6 10 25 29 5 90 23 57 5 48 Ls p s oem ex see se sm 645 ew sm 551 252 m s sss 252 2250 2105 amp os om 776 7 6 9 5 10 25 35 9 33 23 92 8 72 22 5
234. os ws o o ez soo 551 os s ss ss on see ses 520 oa ws se eoe exe 620 1697 5e was se ona 62 ear 650 wa wr m ss s es es 609 es m 2066 x 2057 sss 2057 ors 2057 248 ase 2048 712 48 Specification amp performance Combination 96 Capacity index DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 8 5 9 1 21 60 6 49 21 51 6 69 21 51 6 87 21 51 6 96 21 43 7 06 21 43 7 24 4 xs oo 23 se 22 22 2220 735 s se 2s mas eo 24 721 24 730 2331 748 or re 2605 722 2667 rar ras ro 2957 s 22 za zx n 6 2057 poe rs res em em mer em me pre pac aw Dim en 30 43 6 30 28 71 5 88 27 00 5 46 26 14 5 26 25 29 5 06 23 57 4 66 13 11 8 30 43 5 92 28 71 5 53 27 00 5 14 26 14 4 95 25 29 4 77 23 57 4 40 e sor war 62 64 ee exo 1720 sor ws 65 s sn em 600
235. othe next step ress to cancel the set of period 1 and return to the last step 5 Press Mode to select running mode automatic cool heat Fan only Dry or Off select Off mode Press Confirm to save the parameter of the period 1 to the next step ress to cancel the set of period 1 and return to the last step 6 Finish shutting down the weekly timer function of the air conditioner within period 1 of the day of the week 7 Continually shut down the timer during periods 2 3 4 according to the above operation Finish setting 8 How to query the weekly timer setting parameter of the air conditioner 4 Setthe parameter of period 1 including shutdown time startup time running mode Fan speed and temperature First of all set startup and shutdown time Press 1 gt to select the startup time and shutdown time Press to modify the startup and shutdown time Press Confirm to save the parameter of the period 1 to the next step ress to cancel the set of period 1 and return to the last step 5 Press Mode to select running mode automatic cool heat Fan only Dry or Off select Off mode Press Confirm to save the parameter of the period 1 to the next step ress to cancel the set of period 1 and return to the last step 6 Finish shutting down the weekly timer function of the air conditioner within period 1 of the day
236. own as reference 2 cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 46 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 Specification amp performance 75 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 16HP heating mode Indoor temperature C WB Combination Outdoor temperature C m er ser nse 20 m e s f or eas see woos wae 3 s pm pe sa pes er os os pes sm sem se ws soor o f os sese esos 1558 penes uer sess 587 vo om zm p se ses sese noe areo nee sus es p pm prm e 1272 seas 55 8 5 9 1 40 32 12 14 40 16 12 61 40 16 13 07 40 00 13 31 40 00 13 55 39 84 14 02 Ls cer 95 es ass es e eor eer pem pe pes m m sen e em wm s 95 som se se s222 an sem sem som we see se em n C e me sas io sem sem Ls oer es pos er 505 e
237. packing material to protect it When conveying and hoisting the outdoor unit keep it upright ensure that the slope does not exceed 30 and keep safety in mind 2 2 3 Selecting installation position 1 Ensure that the outdoor unit is installed in a dry well ventilated place 2 Ensure that the noise and exhaust ventilation of the outdoor unit do not affect the neighbors of the property owner or the surrounding ventilation 3 Ensure that the outdoor unit is installed in a well ventilated place that is possibly closest to the indoor unit 4 Ensure that the outdoor unit is installed in a cool place without direct sunshine exposure or direct radiation of a high temperature heat source 5 Do not install the outdoor unit in a dirty or severely polluted place so as to avoid blockage of the heat exchanger in the outdoor unit 6 Do not install the outdoor unit in a place with oil pollution salt or high content of harmful gases such as sulfurous gas 2 2 4 Base for outdoor unit 1 A solid correct base can 1 Avoid the outdoor unit from sinking 2 Avoid the abnormal noise generated due to base 2 Base types 106 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 Steel structure base 2 Concrete base see the figure below for the general making method Outdoor unit 10 Expansion bolt Rubber shocking proof mat Concrete basement h 200mm
238. pen oe s one ow en are se soe eee em er es ane os pem eso 770 Specification amp performance 85 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 9 8 11 42 21 17 24 41 68 17 22 39 20 15 95 37 78 15 33 36 54 14 71 34 06 13 52 s p or see eee zo om oor sem per eee se om sem NN pem m emp en s pos pe ee ee ee oor sas sem res pm pam n om es ers es m ess mer mm me Ls er ue xe se em Tos we mese ne pen 37 87 10 32 35 73 9 68 33 60 9 05 32 53 8 73 31 47 8 43 29 33 7 81 Lo eee em pne o pam ps peo ss se n s pos pee pee eee m mm or Lo pose per pes m m em m os sors 1035 aos ese zem s p o pem oor s0 em ro pese
239. ponds to 8 different languages E 32 bit version is supported ae NEN CPU Inter Pentium 2 5GHz or above gt 1 iem HDD 80 GB or more of free space My e Memory 2 GB or more Display 1024 x 768 dots or more e 4 refrigerant systems for 1 interface 1 C3 And maximum of 4 M interfaces 64 refrigerant He systems 1 024 indoor units and 256 outdoor units can be controlled by one PC Control system 249 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en The details please refer to M INTERFACEUSER S MANUAL and IMM OWNER S MANUAL 250 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 Accessories Appearance Model Description Send the electric energy data to outdoor unit for DTS634 realizing network fee charge function 5 1 Match hotel card system to control the air conditioner MD NIMOS Automatically turn off and turn on the indoor unit saving MD NIMO9 E energy The outdoor unit controller can monitor maximum 8 2 refrigerant systems and up to 32 outdoor units Be able to lock up to 64 indoor units running mode to KJR 31B E avoid modes conflict When outdoor unit is working abnormally it can output KJR 32B E the outdoor unit s fault and protection status AHUKZ 01 Can be used to connect VRF outdoor units with DX AHU or other brand
240. pressure is higher than normal value the low pressure is lower than normal value and the discharge temperature is higher than normal value 3 The phenomenon of the refrigerant is excess The high pressure is higher than normal value the low pressure is higher than normal value and the discharge temperature is lower than normal value 4 The phenomenon of the system contains air or nitrogen The high pressure is higher than normal value current is larger than normal value discharge temperature is higher than normal value compressor makes noise pressure meter do not display steady 5 How to check whether compressor is error Measure the resistance between two terminals among the three terminals of compressor The resistance between two terminals is 2 5O the resistance between each terminal and ground is infinity if the resistance is out of the normal range the compressor is error 164 Trounleshooting MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en The normal system running parameters please refer to attached table 3 Troubleshooting 165 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 16 P5 Condenser temperature T3 protection Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby When condenser temperature is over 65 C the system will display P5 protection all the ODU in standby When the temperature goes back to normal range P5 disappear and normal operation resumes P5 Condenser temperature protection T3 p
241. r disabled No Output voltage between P and Yes on fan module is abnormal No Fan module is disabled es Fan module instruction D nm m Sd N E f We gt as BEEE RoHS 944 a8 94U0 SUI 4 DL CMS oS ja E n 4 Pa E c 174 Make sure the fan module working in the normal temperature range Well connect the power wires and signal wires Clear away the block or replace the fan motor Replace the power supply module Replace the fan module 1 5 1 Program input port 2 Power supply indicator lamp 3 Fan motor U V W output port 4 Fault indicator lamp 4 9 PCB control signal input port 6 Signal feedback port The normal value of output voltage between P and N on fan module is DC 310V Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A P9 protection analysis Fault indicator Conditions lamp of fan module Power on Off Power on Off At first the lamp When fan motor start is on then the lamp is off At first the lamp When fan motor start is on then the lamp flicker Fan motor running several minutes Troubleshooting Power supply indicator lamp of fan module Digital tube display Quantity of IDU or Quantity of IDU or 0 P9 H9 P9 H9 DM13 01 01 01en Malfunction analysis Check the power supply circuit for fan module Check whethe
242. r there has power supply for lightning protection plate whether the protective tube is broken whether the voltage after rectification is normal whether the bridge rectifier is broken Power supply of fan module has problem needs to replace the fan module Check whether the drive port and signal feedback port is loose whether the fan module and fan motor is installed firmly If above conditions are all OK it needs to replace the fan module Check whether the transformer in lightning protection plate Is open circuit whether the relay is broken If occurs above problem it needs to replace the lightning protection plate Check whether the capacity setting from dial switch is accordance with actual ODU capacity whether the capacity from spot check is accordance with actual ODU capacity If occurs above problem it needs to adjust the capacity setting If above conditions are both OK it needs to replace the PCB 175 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Attached table 1 Resistance value of ambient temperature and pipe temperature sensor Temperature Resistance Resistance di dd Resistance iuc Resistance value value value value m m mesi we a mom 2 ns ose Lom m e omm 89 5865 10 4736 2 03732 0 56038 wm
243. rainage pipes air ducts and pressure pipes 2 Ensure that large pipes take precedence over air ducts and small pipes 1 3 6 Pipe pre install engineering 1 3 6 1 Operation procedure Raise requirements to the civil work sector and coordinate Determine the position size and quantity of the machines and conduct pre installing Check the pre installing results 1 3 6 2 Pipeline route 1 The pipe for condensate water should have a downward slope the slope should be at least 1 100 2 The diameter of the through hole for the refrigerant pipe should take the thickness of the thermal insulation material into consideration it is recommended to lay the gas pipe and liquid pipe in two separate columns 3 Note that sometimes through hole is not allowed because of the structure of the beam eg Strengthen the transfixion hole D L 3x Rl R2 N The beam part that cant be weared through Pole 150mm Pole Highlights 1 When selecting the parts to be pre installed ensure that the weight of the accessories is also calculated 2 In a situation where metal parts to be pre installed is not allowed use expansion bolts while ensuring sufficient load bearing capacity Caution The above figure is for reference only It is not recommended to dig holes on either the beam or the shear wall If such operation is indeed needed please consult the property owner or manager and the civil work sector and get written approval fr
244. rator can be up to over 99 separating efficiency which in time and efficiently send the oil to compressors to ensure compressor oil volume System auto back oil design can complete through PC core to send oil back instruction by system running time and state The accumulator is large volume design which can save more refrigerant to avoid liquid strike Multi back oil holes can ensure the oil back of the compressor smoothly 2 5 6 Intelligent soft start technology rapidly enhance refrigerant cycle volume Compressor soft start complete low frequency and low current start by DC Inverter compressor and to reduce strike to electric network When start DC Inverter Compressor the system runs in large volume and offers more heating capacity Compressor soft start Compressor soft start complete low frequency and low current start by DC Inverter compressor and to induce strike to electric network Lubrication system soft start 2 6 Convenient for installation and service 2 6 1 Auto addressing General Information 7 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Addressing outdoor units and indoor units are automatically done just by pressing the button of the controller The outdoor unit can automatically distribute the address to indoor units without any manual settings Wireless and wired controller can enquiry and modify every indoor units address Up to 64 indoor units can be connected to one system and identified automatically 2 6 2 S
245. rature 24 C swing function enabled The default startup mode is locked according to the system mode or judged according to other constraint conditions If any conflict exists the next conflict free mode will apply automatically If conflict exists for all modes startup will be impossible If one or more in service air conditioners in the network including in the timing process of timing startup shutdown pressing this key will shut down all air conditioners When performing the shutdown operation the shutdown command is issued to the air conditioners in the startup status only and is not issued to those in the shutdown status 15 Lock button In the mode setting mode press the Lock button and the remote controller of the currently selected air conditioner will be locked unlocked The operation mode is If you select single machine setting the 210 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A operation is performed for the air conditioner of the current address only If the remote controller of the air conditioner is locked currently issue the lock command otherwise send the lock command If you does not select the single machine mode and the remote controller of one or more currently selected air conditioners is locked issue the unlock command if the remote controllers of all currently selected air conditioners are in the non locked status issue the remote controller lock command When the remote controller of t
246. rent value 2 icon CURRENT 2 and the number 21 Page 11 will display the compressor current value 3 icon CURRENT 3 and the number 22 Page 12 will display the digital capacity icon DIGITAL CAPACITY and the number 23 Page 13 will display the openness of electromagnetism valve 1 icon with VALVE OPENNESS 1 and the number 24 14 will display the openness of electromagnetism valve 2 icon VALVE OPENNESS 2 and the number 25 Page 15 displays the most advanced malfunction icon MALFUNCTION and the code Control system 267 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 26 Page 16 will display the most advanced protection icon PROTECTION and the code Notes The page will increase or decrease by 1 every time you press PAGE UP PAGE DOWN Select the online outdoor unit by Press the previous or next freely SET PAGE DISPLAY 1 Set Page Displays Set 2 Mode display Pressing MODE button to enter into MODE set and select circularly between Forced Cooling and OFF state 3 Set page displays the address of selected outdoor units and module 4 Press the OK button to confirm all setting and send the corresponding air conditioners 5 Successful or Unsuccessful shown in the operation state area indicates whether the transmission is confirmed or not Malfunction and Protection Code Table Error Contents Error Contents Outdoor Adding Malfunction Oil R
247. ri 5 1 or above Control Dev indication Schedule Public Dev Dev Management Statistical Note alarm Device monitoring Error 5 Offline 0 5 8 8 Cool 69 Heat 0 E 0 Off 71 Locked 10 Selected 0 Indoor unit 145 Factory 97 Factory B 0 12300 40411 40412 40413 40415 40416 40417 40418 40419 40421 40422 Midea group 48 25 25 C 25 C 25 25 25 C 24 40424 40425 40427 40428 40429 40431 25 25 40435 40436 40437 40439 40440 40441 25 25 25 C 40447 40448 40449 40451 40452 40453 40454 40455 25 25 25 Hd gS 273 a 4 28 23 287 40459 40460 40461 40462 41101 41102 41103 41104 41105 25 C 2 25 C 25 C 26 C 32 26 C 32 33 28 41202 41203 41204 41205 41206 41207 41208 41209 41210 41211 41220 Device control Device detailed information On Off Mode Swing Control system 247 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 4 3 M INTERFACE Network 1 M INTERFACE gateway can connect to the local area network or Internet network through a LAN terminal 2 M net terminals are listed to be two rows 1 to 4 is XYE terminals and 5 to 8 is K1 K2 and E terminals Computer or other similar devices can visit M INTERFACE WEB through browser and then local or remote control devices 4 M INTERFACE Ammeter 248 Control system
248. rm to save the modification 3 2 6 Installation The thickness of the central controller cable shall be adjusted according to the length of the cable A proper cable tube shall be used to install the cable of the central controller Insert the flat tip screwdriver into the recess on the top panel of the case and slightly turn to open the top cover of the central controller Fig 2 Note The installation procedure show in fig 1 Fig 5 is for 9 UL CCMO9 A E and MD CCMO9 E H A Control system 233 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Plastic expansion tube 06X30 9 GB845 ST3 9X25 C H S Es P Fig 3 Fig 4 Emergency Open Swich used to Emergency Stop Swich used to star up all air conditioners v shut down all air conditioners Communication interface Power AC 220V to the indoor unit a WO E Fig 5 234 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Note The installation procedure show in Fig 6 Fig 8 is for MD CCMO9 E and MD CCMO9 E H 136 Installation screw Fig 6 E HEY Rotate the flathead screwdriver slightly to open the upper cover at points gt CERO fa controller GB845 ST3 9 25 Screws for fixing the centralized A Holder Address 600 09 bits Bit location Address range a LN
249. s P Q E are short circuit or disconnected Measure Reconnect the communication the resistance among P Q and E the wires normal resistance 1 1200 Connect the communication wires in line shape Communication wires connected in line shape The communication wires are interfered by high voltage power voltage over 220V is high voltage power Ensure the communication wires and high voltage wires do not twining Communication wires are close to Remove the interference source or electromagnetic interference source use device to filter out the interference ouch as transfer strong fluorescent lamp etc Adjust the wire length to less than 1200m or strengthen the signal The length of communication wire is over 1200m Yes Rewrite the chip PCB is disabled Replace PCB 152 Trounleshooting MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 1 Press indoor unit s receiver button for 5 seconds the indoor units communication address code is displayed press it for 10 seconds power code is displayed Check every unit s address code Codes are as follows me s 1 2 ww o s s 2 s C cayen 2 2 a s m amp we ____ s 20 25 For example Press the button for 5 seconds If the Running Timer and Fan defend fan lights are normally on and the buzzer isn t warni
250. ser 2105 Tm 65 EECENE SE OE SE 11 31 1 42 13 52 1 64 15 67 1 89 16 75 1 98 17 83 2 09 19 98 2 37 22 25 2 56 L s pnus rae pim ser orm ew ze mos 296 pue es is 1667 196 1675 206 wm 246 2225 260 s wm 152 162 176 1667 20 1676 214 227 1958 266 225 204 mm 156 s 1e 1667 206 ers 218 220 260 2225 L m soper 220 1676 244 wes s zw 225 m ar pues zo 1667 232 vers ws 265 2 2225 335 Note 1 is shown as reference 2 cooling mode avoid the outdoor air temperature range from 42 46 degree C when selecting the models 3 The above table shows the average value of conditions may operate 4 It is recommended to connect less than 130 Specification amp performance 61 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 12HP heating mode Outdoor Indoor temperature C WB Combination DB Er WB or was ose arse 9 1018 s714 1046 us 026 734487719887 4428 4250 1046 s ez 4066 4656
251. ss rao 72 a288 6 633 13 7 15 19 12 5 24 19 03 5 50 18 94 5 75 18 94 5 89 18 94 6 01 18 86 6 27 we s4 ses 600 72 1972 ss m ses 2074 ses 27 612 624 645 2067 659 es or am ss ze so 620 210 2100 652 674 or ae esr 2406 esr or ess 2469 696 715 o or s 664 2683 700 ros 2666 736 s a ra 720 3034 736 026 152 28 0 690 owe war s ses 30 2820 s 7s 722 665 28 0 611 os 4e 722 or 68 626 28 0 576 asr a wo 562 wes ses 621 1877 656 ss m n 59 20 ea2 65 2057 644 2067 666 es 2126 0 s 21 2108 2198 672 21 695 es o1 a s 21 oar ze os 211 zs em s 619 7e 2 2 223 680 2220 730 or n 9 2674 ror 732 740 2560 725 ae rao ss zen 66 esr 566
252. t so special attention shall be drawn to the protection of copper pipeline during construction 2 Purpose 1 Eliminate oxide powder or part oxide layer in copper pipe 2 Help to clear out dirt and humidity in pipe 3 Risk in case of no flushing If the remaining solid impurity and moisture in pipeline could not be eliminated effectively serious malfunctions shall happen such as ice blockage dirt blockage and compressor being jammed 120 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 3 1 5 2 Procedure of flushing 1 Mounting pressure adjusting valve on nitrogen gas cylinder The applied gas must be nitrogen If adopting polytetrafluoro ethylene or carbon dioxide there is a risk of condensation If using oxygen there is a risk of explosion 2 Making use of inflation tube to connect outlet of pressure adjusting valve and inlet at liquid pipe side of outdoor unit liquid pipe gas pipe 3 Use blind plug to block all connectors of liquid side copper line including unit B excluding indoor unit A 4 Turn on nitrogen gas cylinder valve and then pressurize to 5kgf cm2 gradually through adjusting valve 5 Check whether nitrogen has passed through the liquid pipe at the side of indoor unit A Connector at the side of indoor unit body has been covered by tape to prevent the entering of dirt 3 1 5 3 Detailed steps for flushing 1 Hold proper blockage material such as block bag and white
253. t address setting switch O indicates the master unit 1 3 indicate slave unit ENC2 Outdoor unit capacity setting switch effect to 0 5 0 5 stand for 18 and 12 Setting the numbers of indoor unit to be 0 15 Setting the numbers of indoor unit to be 16 31 Setting the numbers of indoor unit to be 32 47 Setting the numbers of indoor unit to be 48 63 Network address setting dial switch Effective to 0 7 0 7 stand for 0 7 146 Trounleshooting MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 3 LED on PCB instructions DM13 01 01 01en i LED4 LED1 1 LED5 LED2 4 LED3 _ wm LE PI a x Lad 8 2 2 TT x nY gt MILITUM JA EX 7 e gt LED1 Power supply indicator lamp of network centralized control chip The lamp will be on if the power supply is normal LED2 Running indicator lamp of network centralized control chip The lamp will be on if the system running is normal LED3 Malfunction indicator lamp of network centralized control chip The lamp will flash in three phase phase sequence protection 204 Malfunction indicator lamp of inverter module The lamp will flash if the inverter module is faulty and the error code will display on digital tube LED5 Running indicator lamp of inverter module The lamp will be on if the compressor is running Troubleshooting 147 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump
254. t circuit the suction and the discharge vacuum dry and charge 0 3kg 0 4kg R410A and then connect the U V W terminals to control box B which is took apart from normal system If the compressor start normally that means compressor is OK control box A is malfunction then check the inverter module If the compressor could not start normally that means the compressor is malfunction then go to step 3 to check the compressor Control box A an L A ut M 1 Control box B which is took S LU ae Pn which is took apart from om apart from malfunction le UN normal system system Compressor which is took apart from malfunction system Step 3 Check the compressor Measure the resistance between each two of U W terminals all the resistance should be the same and equal to 0 9 5 Ohms Fig A and Fig Measure the resistance between each of U W terminals to ground Fig all the resistance should be the same and trend to be infinity Fig D otherwise the compressor has been malfunction needs to be replaced 170 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Troubleshooting 171 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 19 2 xL1 xL4 troubleshooting Step 1 Check the DC voltage between and terminal the normal value should be 510V 580V if the voltage is lower than 510V go to step 2 ee Step 2 Chec
255. t should not be less than the regulation in table below Thickness of steel sheet duct mm Rectangle duct Diameter D or edge length b of duct Circular duct Middle low pressure High pressure system system Leone e _ _ 2 The material specification performance and thickness of non metal duct should be in compliance with design and regulations of present National Products Standard 3 The body frame fixing material and sealed cushion of fire proof air duct should be made of non combustible materials Its fire resistance rating should be in accordance with the design requirement 4 The sheathing of composite duct should be made of non combustible materials Inner insulation material should be no burning or burning retardant with rating B1 and no harm to people s body 5 The permitting deviation to outer diameter or long edge of duct when no more than 300mm it is 2mm when more than 300mm it is 3mm The permitting deviation of pipe end flatness is 2mm Discrepancy between two diagonal lines of rectangle duct shall not be more than 3mm Discrepancy between two diameters of any cross cut circular flange shall not be more than 2mm 5 2 Connection of Duct 1 Connection of metal duct 1 The seam of duct board splice should be stagger and cross seam is not allowed 2 Specification of metal duct flange shall not be less than the data as shown in table below Specificatio
256. talling the indoor unit ensure that sufficient space is available for installing condensate water pipe 5 Horizontal degree It shall be kept within 1 Purpose Ensure smooth drainage of condensate water Also ensure stability of the machine body to induce the risks caused by vibration and noise Hidden trouble of incorrect operation a Water leakage b Abnormal vibration and noise 6 Ensure sufficient maintenance amp upkeep is available keep a large enough maintenance hole typically 400x400mm 7 Avoid short circuit ventilation Purpose Ensure sufficient heat exchange of indoor unit and good air conditioning effect Risk of incorrect operation Poor air conditioning effect abnormal protection of the set Check hole E box Diffuser 2 2 Installation of Outdoor Unit 2 2 1 Acceptance and unpacking 1 After the machine arrives check whether it is damaged during the shipment If the surface or inner side of the machine is damaged submit a written report to the shipping company 2 Check whether the model specification and quantity of the equipment conform to the contract 3 After removing the outer package please keep the operation instructions well and count the accessories 2 2 2 Hoisting outdoor unit Do not remove any package before the hoisting Use two ropes to hoist the machine keep the machine in balance and then raise it safely and steadily In case of no package or if the package is damaged use plates or
257. tatic pressure selection 1 set reserved e 10 means DC fan static pressure selection 2 set reserved e 11 means DC fan static pressure selection 3 set reserved e 00 means the time of TERMAL stop the fan is 4 minutes e 01 means the time of TERMAL stop the fan is 8 minutes e 10 means the time of TERMAL stop the fan is 12 minutes e 11 means the time of TERMAL stop the fan is 16 minutes 10 means the temperature compensation under heating mode is 4 e 11 means the temperature compensation under heating mode is 8 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 SW6 definition 5 SW7 definition e 1 means the old display panel e means the new display panel Standard configuration e1 means automatic mode automatic fan eO means non automatic mode automatic fan The last set of Reserved the network 6 J1 J2 definition 7 0 1 definition 6 7 6 Installation methods 1 Installation methods for vertically and horizontal installation is invalid Install vertically J1 Jumperless for has power down memory function J1 Jumper for has no power down memory function Reserved 5 Wrong installation way 4 Vertically X horizontally Control system 285 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 Wiring diagram between indoor and outdoor units Outdoor unit Indoor unit Signal wire T1 Air return inlet T2 Intermedi
258. ted incorrectly all the wires for connections should be 3 core shielded wire the wiring should be polarity connection H1 connect to H1 H2 connect to H2 the wiring should not be short circuit H2 E Replace the communication i wires to 3 core shielded wire reconnect the communication wire No Yes PCB is disabled Replace PCB MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled Rewrite the chip 2 core shielded wire X 3 core shielded wire 150 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter DM13 01 01 01en 4 2 E1 Phase sequence error Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby E1 Phase sequence error The 3 phase sequence of power supply is wrong The A B C terminal of three phase power supply should meet compressor phase 5 Exchange any two of the sequence requirement If the phase 3 sequence sequence is adverse the compressor will operate inversely No Some power supply terminals are loose if there has phase loose the Yes Fasten each phase joint of compressor will operate abnormally power supply and the current is very large MC9S08AC128 chip is disabled Rewrite the chip Replace PCB PCB is disabled Troubleshooting 151 DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 3 E2 Indoor units and master unit communication error Only display on master unit all the ODU in standby E2 Indoor units and master unit communication error Communication wire
259. tem 1 Pipe between outdoor units must install horizontally the mid connecting pipe between those pipes aren t allowed downward drop 2 All pipes between outdoor units cannot be higher than the outdoor units outlet The right installation type SS 5 E A Lf 1 AIS g 74 7 mm Wy cmm Wy H 0 M pa Emm Wy Wy Wy ZA 1 W Y Wy i Wy 7 M Wy WS SN RE CAS NE 7 2 D AN S See RSS SS SA CC CAS Sh lt AN A A gt lt lt lt VAALS SAAS SAAS SQ WS SS 3 2 Air Tight Test 3 2 1 Purpose and operation procedure of air tightness test 3 2 1 1 Purpose Search leak source make sure there is no leakage in system t
260. tem 287 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 3 Timer off button Press this button can set TIMER OFF each time press the button the time moves forward by o 5 hours When the set time is over 10 hours each time you push the button the time moves forward by 1 hour If want to cancel the TIMER OFF then adjust the time of TIMER OFF as 0 0 4 CLOCK button Normally display the clock set currently display 12 00 for the first electrifying or resetting When press the button for 4 seconds the hour part on the clock display flashes every 0 5 seconds then press button A and to adjust hour Press the button CLOCK again the minute part flashes every 0 5 seconds then press Aand button to adjust minute When set clock or alter clock setting must push the confirm button to complete the setting 5 Confirm button The button is used at the state of CLOCK adjustment After select the time push the button to confirm then exit the current clock will display 6 RESET button hidden Use a small stick with a diameter of 1mm to press the RESET button can cancel the current settings and get into the condition of resetting 7 ON OFF button Press this button at the condition of OFF the OPERATION lamp lights and the wired controller enters into ON operation simultaneously sends the information of operation mode set currently temperature fan speed timer etc Press the button at the condition of ON the OPERATION lamp extingu
261. teme AC contactor MD NIMO5 254 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Installation example KJR 10B MD NIMO5 MD NIMO5 Card key Wired controller is necessary in this card key system Notes 1 An AC contactor or a delay is necessary to transform the signal 2 Wiring assy 1 connects the CN1 of hotel card insert assy to wired controller of air conditioner 3 Wiring assy 2 connects the CN2 of hotel card insert assy to display board and main control board of air conditioner indoor unit 222 5 CN1 MD NIMOS Notes COM1 and GND terminals should be short to work and not be connected to the power The electricity voltage over 5V will probably damage the device or get the device burnt and cause fire 6 2 2 Installation x Dimensions 15 5mm Control system 255 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en x Wires methods To of hotel card inserter E Whie Whe p To10B Black Red Hg E Orange Orange controller Blue d Blue of hotel card inserter Brown Brown Red Yellow Black 7 Back d Red
262. th of 56 4 liquid pipe m L2 Actual total length of 9 5 liquid pipe m L3 Actual total length of 12 7 liquid pipe m L4 Actual total length of 15 9 liquid pipe m L5 Actual total length of 19 1 liquid pipe m L6 Actual total length of 522 2 liquid pipe m L7 Actual total length of 25 4 liquid pipe m L8 Actual total length of 528 6 liquid pipe m Installation 125 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 Drainage Pipe Engineering 4 1 Installation Highlights of Drainage Pipe 4 1 1 Installation principle of drainage pipe 1 Slope 2 reasonable pipe diameter 3 nearby discharge 4 1 2 Installation highlights of drainage pipe 1 Before installing condensate water pipeline determine its route and elevation to avoid intersection with other pipelines and ensure slope is smooth and straight 2 Make sure that the two horizontal fluid pipes shall avoid encountering and preventing flow backwards and drainage difficulty a Correct connection drainage pipe drainage pipe drain tee drain tee b Incorrect connection drainage drain tee X Advantages of correct connection 1 Do not cause flow backwards of one pipe 2 The slope of two pipes can be regulated separately Disadvantages of incorrect connection 1 Interfere drainage 2 The side of branch pipe with large quantity of fluid volume will flow to the side with small quantity thus leading to the water backwards of branch pipe
263. that the cable layout space between cable and surroundings etc for an actual electrical project 42 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 Operation Limits Cooling 50 Heating 48 c 45 30 f O 27 7 40 zd 2 C 757 5 5 m an gt 35 20 17 y B 3 0 1 5 ri 57 25 5 5 10 7 gt E m if c 20 77 C d d 0 Hc 7 15 070 y O 10 um 5 5 LO D 40 55 7 E ol E 3 d 0 il Y 1 5 S d e S Y 5 A Um 20 E 190 151720 32 1 20 0 15 25 30 35 0 15 25 30 35 Indoor temperature WB Indoor temperature DB Outdoor temp Indoor temp Room relative humidity Cooling mode 5 48 IC 32 C below 80 Heating mode 20 C 27 C 15 C 30 C Notes 1 If the unit is running outside the above condition protective device will start and even then the units take place abnormality running 2 These figures base on the operation conditions between indoor units and outdoor units Equivalent pipe lengt
264. the address will increase one by one In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the single operation mode the air conditioner of the next in service address number will be selected If it is in the global operation mode no effect will result after the key is pressed In the main page press the key to enter the query mode By default it is the first in service air conditioner 10 Downward button In the query mode every time when you press the key the operation status data of the air conditioner corresponding to the next row of the matrix will be displayed If it is currently in the last row press the key and the data of the air conditioner corresponding to the first row will be displayed If you hold down this key the row will increase one by one In the setting mode every time when you press the key if it is in the single operation mode the air conditioner corresponding to the last row will be selected If it is in the global operation mode no effect will result after the key is pressed In the main page press the button to enter the query mode By default it is the first in service air conditioner 11 Upward button In the query mode every time when you press the button the operation status data of the air conditioner corresponding to the previous row of the matrix will be displayed If it is currently in the first row press the key and the data of the air conditioner corresponding to the last row will be
265. the indoor unit it is for setting the wind speed of the indoor unit which includes high speed middle speed low speed and automatic speed 9 Swing key In setting the indoor unit it is for setting the swing function of the indoor unit The running modes are swing on or swing off 10 Lock key When setting press the Lock button to lock the remote controller of all or single indoor unit Press the Query button and hold under the main page then repress the Lock button again to lock the keyboard of the central controller press the Mode button and then press the Lock button again to lock the running mode 11 Reset key The central controller re scans the indoor unit in the network as recharging after power off 12 Program key Under the main page press the Program button to set the weekly timer of single indoor unit or all indoor units Press the Query button and hold and then press the Program button to query the weekly timer parameters of the indoor unit 13 Weekly key Under the main page press the Weekly button to start up or shut down the weekly timer function 14 Time key Under the main page press the Time button for 5 seconds to enter the time modifying status and then press Add or Reduce button to change the setting time Press Left or Right to select minute hour day month year Finally press the Confirm button to save the modification 15 Confirm key data and send the command required to the indoor unit such
266. the second time cancel the swing function Match to some model with swing function 12 Economical Button Press the button to set the economical operation mode Press again to cancel the mode The operation mode is suitable for sleeping time 13 Cooling only cooling and heating selection button hidden Control system 187 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en Use a small stick with a diameter of 1mm to Press the button to switch modes For Cooling only type it will be no heating mode when pressing MODE button The factory setting mode is COOLING and HEATING 14 Lock Button hidden Use a small stick with the diameter of 1mm to press the LOCK button to lock the current setting press the button again then cancel the setting 2 1 2 LCD display Ow MODE AUTO COOL DAY NEAT FAN LOCK set lt gt YS FAN SET CLOCK SET zz TEMP SET B H F1 00 4 3 1 Mode Display Press MODE button can select AUTO COOL DRY HEAT or FAN mode HEAT is invalid for COOL ONLY wired controller 2 Fan Speed Display Press FAN SPEED to select fan speed from AUTO LOW MED to HIGH Notes some air conditioners have no MED fan speed and then the MED is regarded as HIGH 3 Economical Operation Display When indoor unit has this function under cool heat or au
267. then bind with cloth tape The width of tape shall not be less than 5cm Make sure it is firm and avoid dewing 6 3 Insulation of Duct Insulation of duct 1 Insulation of duct parts and equipment should be conducted after confirming that the leakage test and quality of duct is qualified 2 Usually making use of centrifugal glass cotton rubber plastic material or other late model insulation duct to conduct insulation 3 Insulation layer should be even and tight Crack gap and other defects are not allowed 4 The supporting hanging and mounting bracket of duct should be set up to the outside of insulation layer and insert bed timber between bracket and duct 5 Thickness of insulation layer 1 As for the inlet and outlet duct installed in room free of air conditioner the thickness of insulation layer should be above 40mm when adopting centrifugal glass cotton for insulation 2 As for the inlet and outlet duct installed in room with air conditioner the thickness of insulation layer should be above 25mm when adopting centrifugal glass cotton for insulation 3 When adopting rubber plastic material and other materials the thickness of insulation layer should be come out in accordance with design requirement or calculation Installation 133 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en T Electrical Engineering Please refer to Part 3 Outdoor Units Specification amp Performance Highlights of electrical installation 1
268. this book are subject to change without notice for product improvement General Information DM13 01 01 01en 7 Nomenclature 7 1 Outdoor unit MVUH252B VA3 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Power 1 1 phase 50 Hz 3 3 phases 50 Hz Refrigerant B R22 Inverter 1n V erter inverter S tandard on off Model Modification A Z AA ZZ Capacity index kW 10 The main feature of the system air cooled C ooling cooling only H eat pump cooling and heating R ecovery heat recovery 3 pipe water cooled Q ooling cooling only Water cooling and heating reco V ery heat recovery 3 pipe Identifier of the outdoor unit o U tdoor Manufacturer s brand and class of the system M idea V RF 15 General Information MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 7 2 Indoor unit MVC28A 16 DM13 01 01 01en Design features may be absent For example G rey W hite color Power 1 1 phase 50 Hz 3 3 phases 50 Hz Refrigerant R410A B R22 Inverter 1n V erter inverter S tandard on off Model Modification A Z AA ZZ Capacity index kW 10 Type of the indoor unit Wall wall ca S sette cassette 600x600 C assette cassette 0 way 1 cassette T wo way 2 way cassette L ow low static pressure duct M edium medium static pressure duct High high static pressure
269. tightness and no distortion 6 All metal parts including supporting hanging and mounting bracket on pipeline system engineering should be conducted anti corrosion treatment 5 4 Installation of Assembly 1 The regulating device of duct should be installed in place where is easy to operate flexible and reliable 2 The air port should be installed firmly and air pipe should be connected tightly Frame should be tightly contact with decorate of building The appearance should be smooth and flat and regulation is flexible 3 If air port is installed horizontally deviation of levelness is no more than 3 1000 If air port is installed vertically deviation of perpendicular should be no more than 2 1000 4 The same air port in same room should be installed at the same height and put in order Installation 131 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 Heat Insulation Engineering The insulation of refrigerating equipment and pipe is carried out through general insulation method which binding the equipment and pipe with solid multi hole insulation material and exploiting proper wet proof and protection measures called insulation structure The form of insulation structure shall be different in light of different insulation materials This is a traditional insulation method which is adopted very early Although its insulation performance is general but it is simply in structure convenient in construction and cheap in price so th
270. ting area The wired controller enters into the setting of the timer off 2 Pressthe TIMER OFF button again and then adjust the time of time off as you desired 3 Continuously presses adjust up button The time of the timer will increase 0 5 hours per time After the time of timer reaches to 10 hours the time will increase 1hour each time 4 0 5 seconds later after finishing the adjustment the wired conditioner sends the information of time off The timer off setting is completed 7 Setting time on and time off simultaneously 1 Refer to step 1 and step 2 of TIMER ON to set the TIMER ON 2 Refer to step 1 and step 2 of TIMER OFF to set the TIMER OFF 3 When set the TIMER ON and TIMER OFF simultaneously if the set times of TIMER ON and TIMER OFF are all over 10 hours then TIMER OFF is always later 1 hour than TIMER ON 4 0 5 seconds later after finishing the adjustment the wired conditioner sends the information of time on off the timer off and timer on setting are completed Alter the timer to alter the time of TIMER ON of 1 Refer to step 1 and step 2 of TIMER ON to set the TIMER ON Remark Time of TIMER ON is the relative time it is relative to standard time of operating wired controller If having setting the TIMER ON or TIMER OFF then the clock cannot be adjusted 6 8 3 Installation 1 Dimensions 120 120 15mm 290 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 2 Wiring principle sketch HRV Ele
271. tion plan serves as the comprehensive technical and economic documents that guide the construction preparation and scientific construction organization A reasonable construction organization plan and careful implementation of it are essential to ensure smooth construction shorten construction Installation 103 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en period ensure construction quality and improve economic results The construction plan should be concise and focuses on key procedures construction method and time coordination space disposal of the construction around the features of the engineering thus to ensure smooth construction operation 1 3 4 Training of installation team Establish sound training mechanisms Service engineers are required to train installation team managers work supervisors to train workers and managers to train workers of special type Establish a management mechanism in which pre working training before shift disclosure and after shift implementation are available 1 3 5 Coordination with other sectors Ensure smooth coordination and meticulous organization between these sectors air conditioning civil work electricity water supply and drainage fire protection decoration intelligence etc Try best to lay pipes of the air conditioning system along the bottom of the beam If pipes meet together at the same height follow these principles 1 Ensure that gravity pipes take precedence over water d
272. tioner Set all indicates to set the parameter of all air conditioners controlled by the central controller 3 Query key Press the Query button to query the running condition of the air conditioner such as on or off temperature setting indoor temperature fan speed and running mode Press direction keys to select the air conditioner that you want to query 4 Up Down Left Right keys Direction keys When querying or setting the indoor units press these four keys to select the indoor units that we need to set or queried When setting the weekly timer it is used for selecting the day of the week and the time of startup and shutdown 5 Add key When querying the indoor unit press the Add button to query more parameter of the indoor unit When setting the indoor unit it is for adjust the setting temperature When setting the weekly timer it is for adjust the time of startup and shutdown Control system 225 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 Reduce key When querying the indoor unit press the Reduce button to query more parameter of the indoor unit When setting the indoor unit it is for modifying the setting temperature When setting the weekly timer it is for modifying the time of startup and shutdown 7 Mode key When setting the indoor unit it is used for setting the running mode of the indoor unit which includes Automation Cooling Heating Fan mode Dry and shutting down 8 Fan key When setting
273. tions 4 It s the dimension of connecting pipes between outdoor and first branch joint when the Max Equivalent length of tubing is less than 90m 5 The farthest equivalent pipe length should be equal to or shorter than 40m but it can be up to 90m if meet the required conditions following part 4 installation sections 6 The above data may be changed without notice for future improvement on quality and performance 26 Specification amp performance DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Model MVUH400B VA3 MVUH450B VA3 MVUHS500B VA3 Powrsuply Powrsuply V Ph Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz Cooling mm m ca E ER Capacity 45000 50000 56000 Heating Input 11194 12788 14396 Ee pw ooo Max input consumption 16953 17402 E655DHD 65D2YG E405D E655DHD 65D2YG E405D Quantities pt pt m DC Inverter HMM ND Inverter _ Inverter 31590 NEN 11800 31590 90Hz 11800 31590 90Hz 431590 De lavener dd 60Hz 60Hz 90Hz xil 50 10340 90Hz 3665 60Hz 10340 90Hz 3665 60Hz 1939 Power supply Power supply V Ph Hz Ph Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz 380 415V 3Ph 50Hz m E 40 200 48 230 40 200 48 230 40 200 requency NR 27 27 27 pee ree re 500 500 500 _____ _ me 2 2 ___
274. to mode press ECONOMICAL button can operate the economic mode If press ECONOMICAL button again then the display icon will disappear 4 Air Filter Cleaning Remind Display When the calculated operating time reaches the setting filter cleaning time the filter cleaning icon will be lighted up to remind the user to clean the filter screen After cleaning filter the user can long press the ECONOMICAL button for 3 seconds to cancel the icon 5 Lock Display Press LOCK button the LOCK icon will display Press the button again and then the icon of LOCK disappears In the LOCK mode all the buttons are invalid except for the LOCK button and RESET button 188 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 Clock Display Usually display the actual time Press the button CLOCK for 5 seconds the HOUR part will flash press A and A to adjust HOUR Press the CLOCK again the minute part flash press A or V to adjust MINUTE After clock set or clock operation it must press the OK button to complete the set 7 Timer ON OFF Display When adjust setting on timer or only on timer is set the ON is lighted When adjust setting off timer or only off timer is set the OFF is lighted If on and off are both set the ON and OFF are both lighted 8 Temperature Display Area Usually displays the set temperature It can be adjusted by press temperature button A and under the FAN mode there is no figure d
275. tre Operation data of indoor unit Bar code of Aietan temperature Outlet air mn unit SPANS temperature 138 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A System parameter SW2 CHECK Used to query outdoor unit data Check point sequence and corresponding actuality is as follows Display Display code code compressor A Capacity of outdoor unit 8 10 12 14 16 18 Actual value compressor B of Modular outdoor for main Opening angle of EXV A rn value 5 4 Total cap of outdoor unit capacity 22 21 High pressure KANE requirement x10 5 Total requirement of indoor Available for main 23 22 poses unit capacity unit 7 Total requirement of main Available for main 24 23 Qty of indoor units unit corrected capacity unit s om Operation mode 0 2 3 4 NL the Worm Actual value This outdoor unit actual Capacity 25 Priority mode 01234 operation capacity requirement Speed of fan B Static pressure mode 0 1 2 3 ze T2 T2B average temp Actual value XT DC voltage A vere T3 Pipe temp Actual value DC voltage B ins Discharge Temp of T 15 Piscnelge Temper Actual value 32 Check end Inverter compressor B Note When operation of system lasts 1 hour and stays stable press checkup button PCB of outdoor master unit query one by one and fill out the above table according to facts Display content Note
276. trol RUN panel Outdoor unit Notes 1 First install the fault alarm controller after setting the fault protection through the outdoor main panel 2 minutes observe the indication lamp whether be flashed or not then judge whether the fault alarm communication with the outdoor unit 2 When using the fault alarm controller its output connected appliance requirements all the AC220V appliances lower than 3 15A current can be the fault alarm controller appliance such as miniwatt lamp Control system 279 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 6 3 Installation 1 The RS485 shift RS232 module connecting wire in the wiring figure can be used only when network monitoring need to connect the computer 2 One computer cannot connect with one fault alarm and outdoor central controller at the same time you must choose one for connection 3 When connected to the computer with 3rd network control system the default address of the alarm module is 16 and it cannot be changed Outdoor unit addresses need to be set manually please refer to the detailed set information in the outdoor installation and owner s manual The outdoor unit addresses cannot be repetitive or the system cannot operate normally 4 Power part and fault output part as follows display Self furnish power strips2 0 75mm Fault alarm output AC220V Self furnish wire2 0 7 5mm Electrical appliance current used for fault alarm lt 3 15
277. ty the indicator will blink at 2Hz Control system 205 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en If one or more in service air conditioners in the network are running including under setting of timing start shutdown the indicator will be luminous Otherwise the indicator is off 4 Locking of centralized controller After receiving the centralized controller locking command sent from the computer the centralized controller disables the startup shutdown and setting of the air conditioner and sends commands to lock remote controllers of all air conditioners in the network of the centralized controller After receiving the unlocking command the centralized controller enables the startup shutdown operation and sends commands to unlock the remote controller of all air conditioners The locking status of the remote controller can be locked or unlocked by the computer or centralized controller separately The locking status of the centralized controller is memorized after power failure of the centralized controller and will not vanish after the power supply is restored unless the command of unlocking is received 5 Mode locking function After the mode locking command is received the command is forwarded to the air conditioner and the centralized controller displays the mode locking flag After the command of unlocking is received the non conflict mode can be selected freely The centralized controller can also lock modes of all i
278. uantity setting Zu T switch ENC1 Outdoor address setting LED digital tube display 2 switch ndr n ur CUR SW1 Forced Taree MC9S08AC128 12222809 T B s LI i gt B E gt P a gt gt 0537 chi 1 tac v LI 5 B s B E M gt aam n i IL ENC2 Outdoor capacity setting cooling button ER switch Php 2 1 SW2 query instructions No Content JA Address of outdoor unit 0 1 2 3 2 Capacity of outdoor unit 8 10 12 14 16 18 Quantity of Modular outdoor unit Quantity setting of indoor units Total capacity of outdoor unit 6 Total requirement of indoor unit capacit Total requirement of main unit corrected capacit Available for main unit 0 2 3 4 0 Turn off 2 Cooling 3 Heating Operation mode 4 Forced cooling 9 This outdoor unit actual operation capacity Capacityrequrement 0 1 14 15 17 Reseve Troubleshooting 143 DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 32 Reserve A Check ern 1
279. uch as temperature and fan speed by other controller If the user changes the units to the Control system 275 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en cooling only mode the indoor unit displays mode conflict error code And then the corresponding unit turns off to prevent user s environment from being more unsatisfying 5 Mode switch Mode switch is the only key on the controller Slide this key and command all the indoor units to the corresponding mode to avoid mode conflict 6 5 3 Installation Dimension 276 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Tie the screw Signal wire The power supply of the KJR 31B E should be 220 240V 56 60Hz Control system 277 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 6 Fault alarm controller KJR 32B E KJR 32B is specially designed for engineering applications It does not display the outdoor unit s working parameters but it can connect to the alarm device when outdoor unit is working abnormally the RUN light Will flash Connect the outdoor unit through K1 K2 E terminals x lt Connect the RS485 shift RS232 module of Midea 3rd generation network solution by F1 F2 E and then finally connect to the computer Output and input the same power through the fault alarm output side lt gt With LED indication function 6 6 1 Wiring methods There are two wiring methods can be connected for fault alarm contro
280. uirement the leakage of the system or there has refrigerant leakage The low pressure side is blocked Yes Make sure all valves are open clean the filter if the filter is blocked by ice the system should be clean for squashed pipe closed EXV closed strop valve dirty filter etc NO Yes Make sure the ratio of connectable IDU is The indoor load is too large less than 130 or add ODU Discharge the entire refrigerant Then vacuum the system and refill the refrigerant Add oil to the system if it leaks System contains air or nitrogen Reinstall the chip or replace the chip 7820034 is installed incorrectly or disabled PCB is disabled Replace PCB Note 1 How to check whether the T7 T7C1 sensor is short circuit or disabled Using a multimeter to measure resistance if the resistance is too small the sensor is short circuit if the resistance in certain temperature is not consistent with attached table 2 the sensor is disabled 2 The phenomenon of lack of refrigerant Top temperature and discharge temperature of all compressors are higher than normal value discharge pressure and suction pressure are both lower than normal value current is lower than normal value suction pipe may be frosting All the phenomenon will disappear after recharging refrigerant 3 The phenomenon of the low pressure side is blocked The discharge temperature is higher than normal valu
281. ule protection minutes Display H9 can t recover xLO represents for a system 1 is system 2 is B system DC bus low voltage protection x represents for a system 1 is A system 2 is B system xL2 DC bus high voltage protection x represents for a system 1 is A system 2 is B system xL3 Reserve x represents for a system 1 is A system 2 is B system MCE malfunction simultaneously cycle loop x represents for a system 1 is A system 2 148 Trounleshooting V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter DM13 01 01 01en 4 is B system is B system irona ohasa x represents for a system 1 is A system 2 P is B system Protection of the speed change between a x represents for a system 1 is A system 2 moment before and after is 2 15Hz is B system Protection of the speed change between x represents for a system 1 is A system 2 the setting speed and the actual speed 2 15Hz is B system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 Troubleshooting 4 1 E0 Communication error between outdoor units Only display on faulty slave unit all the ODU in standby E0 Communication error between outdoor units ODU addresses are set incorrectly the master unit address should be set as 0 slave Yes Reset the ODU addresses units addresses should be set from 1 to 3 and the addresses should not be repeated in one system ODU communication wires are connec
282. uper Wiring It is possible to enable the shared use of the wiring between indoor amp outdoor units as well the centralized control Hence make it easy for the user to retrofit the existing system with a centralized control by simply connecting it to the outdoor units PQE amp XYE just only one group of communication wire of PQE achieved both of communication for indoor amp outdoor unit and network Reversible communication central controller can connect from indoor side or outdoor side at will CE CHE UD EL VAS YEA CER C zT zT 2 6 3 Convenient for maintenance Convenient electronic control check window Can directly The high low pressure valves adopt the Stop Valves which have screwed observe the operation status from the LED display and thread nipple joint can be connected to the meter connector directly in air directly press the FORCE COOLING CHECK button tight test And also make it more efficient and easy for installation Self diagnosis function and four digit Digital display help service engineer to find out the fault fast and easily 8 General Information DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 3 Model Line up Outdoor units Combination Unit 8 10 HP 12 14 16 HP recommended combinations larger than 64HP adopt 5 basic models since 18HP model can be customized General Inf
283. ure sensor monitors the system pressure on time and transfers the data to master unit Master unit sends the pressure data to every unit and make sure each outdoor unit in balance situation 2 5 4 High efficiency oil balance technology Oil balance pipes set among the modules and individual oil balance vector control ensures oil distribution among the modules to compressor smoothly and running reliably When one compressor s oil is overfull oil balance pipes and outlet pipes both send the oil to the system and then the system distributes the oil to other compressors in average Oil balance diagram 6 General Information DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A LER RRR 060900000000000000000000000000009 2 2 2222 222222222222aaaaa Refrigerant flow direction Suctiof pipe T Oil separator Oil ba betwee Oil basin JOIEYISIC Oil even pipe I It adopts high efficient centrifugal type oil separator which separates the oil from the discharged refrigerant with the efficiency up to 99 and makes all the lubricant discharged from the compressor can be returned in time New designed low pressure liquid receiver with high efficiency of oil return effect Oil balance ensures sufficient refrigerant lubricant supply Elaborately designed oil return hole which ensures reliable oil return for every compressor 2 5 5 Oil return technology Centrifugal oil sepa
284. ure that they do not play with the appliance 7 Don t install the air conditioner in the following locations There is petrolatum existing There is salty air surrounding near the coast There is caustic gas the sulfide for example existing in the air near a hot spring The Volt vibrates violently in the factories In buses or cabinets In kitchen where there is full of oil gas There is strong electromagnetic wave existing There are inflammable materials or gas There is acid or alkaline liquid evaporating Other special conditions 8 The insulation of the metal parts of the building and the air conditioner should comply with the regulation of National Electric Standard Remark Failure to observe a caution may result in injury or damage to the equipment Installation 105 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 Units Installation 2 1 Installation of Indoor Unit 2 1 1 Installation procedure Determine the installation position Scribing and locating Installing suspension road Installing the indoor unit 2 1 2 Cautions for installation and check 1 Drawing check Confirm the specification model and installation direction of the set 2 Height Ensure that it closely fits the ceiling 3 Suspension strength The suspension road shall be strong enough to bear the weight twice of the indoor unit to ensure that no abnormal vibration or noise is generated when the set is running 4 When ins
285. ut 300mm at least to prevent interference 1 2 6 7 The power wire and signal wire can t be enlaced together 1 2 7 Lay the indoor pipeline Note Collocate the air outlet reasonably to prevent airflow short circuit Check the static pressure whether in the allowable range The air filters should be easy to unpick and wash Do pressure test on pipeline 1 2 8 Heat insulation procedure Refrigerant pipe work Check the heat insulated part Heat insulation work Note For welding part flare part and branch pipe heat insulation work must be done after finished the pressure test 1 2 9 Install outdoor unit Note 1 Gutter must be set around the foundation to drain the condensation water 2 When installing outdoor units at the roof please check the strength of the roof and pay attention not to destroy the waterproof of the roof 102 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 1 2 10 Recharge refrigerant procedure Calculate the added volume according to liquid pipe length Recharge refrigerant Note Please calculate the additional amount of refrigerant according to the formula that we supply to you and the calculation result must be correct 1 2 11 Main points of test running and Commissioning Please check the following issues before turning on the power 1 2 11 1 Vacuum dry Make sure the vacuum degree accord with our requirement about 10 1 2 11 2 Wiring Includes the power wiring and communication wiring Recheck the c
286. utdoor units visible on the display panel MD CCMO2 E is necessary The location of CCMO2 in the network is as follows Connect other central controller 270 RS232 terminal ee Plug in the COM port of computer RS485 invert RS232 module Good method of peeling communcation wires L 60000 Connect matched R1200 in the rear end communication Pau 883 reliab Maski d grounding reliable grounding ey ee S NO 1 outdoor monitor E i 25 NO 1 outdoor unit ES NO 18 outdoor unit NO 32 outdoor unit Connect matched R1200 in the front end communication when the eter IS Connected o outdoor Connect matched R1200 in the rear end communication NO 6 outdoor unit NO 1 outdoor unit NO 8 outdoor unit NO 32 outdoor unit Connect matched 1200 in the rear end NO 16 outdoor monitor NO 1 outdoor unit NO 6 outdoor unit NO 8 outdoor unit NO 32 outdoor unit Outdoor sample Outdoor sample Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Notes 1 One computer can connect 16 outdoor central monitors 2 One outdoor central monitor can connect up to 8 refrigerant systems and 32 outdoor units 3 You need connect R120 in the front and rear of monitor system 4 Communication wire masking end assure reliable
287. value and the discharge temperature is higher than normal value 4 The phenomenon of the system contains air or The high pressure is higher than normal value current is larger than normal value discharge temperature is higher than normal value compressor makes noise pressure meter do not display steady 166 Trounleshooting MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 4 17 xP6 H4 Inverter module protection Display on faulty unit all the ODU in standby If the system display three times P6 protection in 30 minutes the system will stop and display H4 error code When the system displays H4 error code the system can resume only by restarting the machine At this time malfunction should be disposed promptly to avoid further damage Check module and LO module protection compressor H4 will display if P6 occur 3 times in 30 minutes L1 low voltage protection module Check whether inverter module is broken and eliminate the situation that Check power supply of L2 high voltage protection module DC generatrix is connected inversely Check module and L4 MCE error HORT electric circuit P6 will disappear in one minute Then press the check button to find the specific error code Check electric circuit L5 Zero speed protection and compressor Check module and wiring connection L7 Phase sequence error L8 frequency difference in one second more than 15Hz Check compress
288. wired controller 6 System can receives signal delivering from fixed rated wired controller KJR 10B and transits the signal to indoor unit it can also memorizes the latest ON OFF information sending by wired controller Timing information be transited but memorized 256 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 7 Upon powered to card inserter transited signal defaults as unit shutdown Once take off the card system will send signal of unit shut down twice till to the next time card is inserted system will not start unit until 3 seconds later because of memory information delivery Control system 257 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 6 3 Infrared sensor controller MD NIMO9 E CN3 CN2 RUN V CN1 MD NIMO9 E Infrared control box Infrared sensor module MD NIMO9 E is an infrared sensor which is able to detect whether there is people nearby and auto change the air conditioner back to running mode This humanistic device helps making a comfortable environment for the users and the turning down the conditioner automatically Easy to install on the wall or ceiling With a wide detective range up to 100 C Detective distance is at least 4M great sensibility Optional auto restart function Automatically adjust the room environment Automatically extend the shutting down time avoiding frequent ON OFF Graceful appearance accommodates itself to different buildings
289. with ends jointing If joint is a must connection box should be installed at the corresponding place 4 The wiring with different voltage should not pass through the same wire tube Total sectional area of wiring through wire tube shall not exceed 40 valid area of stuffing tube Fixing point of wire tube support shall follow the standard below Nominal diameter of wire tube Largest gap between fixed points of wire tube Control System and Installation Connecting highlights of control line RS 485 communication 1 The control line should be shielded wire Using other wiring shall create signal interference thus leading to error operation 2 Single end to shield net of shielded wire should be grounded 134 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A Note The shield net should be grounded at the wiring terminal of outdoor unit The inlet and outlet wire net of indoor communication wire should be connected directly and could not be grounded and form open circuit at the shield net of final indoor unit 3 Control wire could not be bound together with refrigerant pipeline and power wire When power wire and control wire is distributed in parallel form keep gap between them above 300mm so as to preventing signal interference 4 Control wire could not form closed loop 5 Control wire has polarity so be careful when connecting Installation 135 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en
290. with small quantity 3 Suspender gap In general the horizontal gap is 0 8m 1m and the vertical gap is 1 5m 2 0m Each vertical pipe shall be equipped with not less than two suspenders Overlarge suspender gap for horizontal pipe shall create bending thus leading to air resistance 4 The highest point of drainage pipe shall be designed with air hole to ensure that condensate water could be discharged smoothly The outlet air hole shall face down to prevent dirt entering pipe 5 After finishing connection conduct water passing test and overflowing water test to pipelines to check the smoothness of drainage and leakage of pipeline system 6 Use specific glue to adhesive the seam of thermal insulation materials and then bind with rubber or plastics adhesive tape The width of the adhesive tape shall not be less than 50mm to ensure fastness and prevent condensation 7 The drainage pipe of air conditioner shall be installed separately with other waste pipe rainwater pipe and other drainage pipe in building 8 The slope of drainage pipe shall be kept above 1 100 c Rlcem lm above 1 100 9 case 1 100 slope cannot need consider to use larger sized pipe and use its dia to create slope 10 Conflux towards horizontal pipe shall come from upside as much as possible If it comes from transverse 126 Installation DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A route reflux is easy to be created 11 The end of
291. ws Assuming the indoor unit type is duct iocos ReomA Rooms noome _ PE 2 3 Outdoor unit selection 2 3 1 Assume the indoor unit and outdoor unit combination as follows 2 3 1 1 Calculate the total nominal capacity of indoor units in the combination according to the above table 2 2 x 1 2 8 x 1 3 6 x 1 4 5 x 1 56x 1 7 1x 1 25 8kW 2 3 1 2 Select outdoor unit MVUH280A VA3 which has nominal cooling capacity 28kW Calculate the proportion between 1 and 0 258 2807 92 2 3 2 Result Because the proportion is within 50 13095 it is a Right selection 2 3 3 Real function data with indoor unit combination e For the 92 combination calculate the cooling capacity of outdoor unit MVUH280A VA3 26 65KW 90 Indoor temperature WB 20 C Outdoor temperature DB 35 29 61KW 100 Indoor temperature WB 20 C Outdoor temperature DB 35 Then calculated the outdoor capacity in 92 combination index Therefore 26 65 29 61 26 65 10 x2 27 24 e Outdoor unit MVUH280A VA3 cooling temperature DB 35 e Capacity modification coefficient with pipe length 50 and height difference 30m 0 958 e Each indoor unit cooling capacity MVM22A VA1 27 24 x 22 258 x 0 958 2 22 MVM28A VA1 27 24 x 28 258 x 0 958 2 83 MVM36A VA1 27 24 x 36 258 x 0 958 3 64 MVM45A VA1 27 24 x 45 258 x 0 958 4 55 MVM56A VA1 27 24 x 56 258 0 958 5 66 kW MVM71A VA1
292. y 1 hour Adjust the figure to 0 00 will cancel time ON setting 12 Reset Button inner located Press this button with a needle of 1mm to cancel the current setting and reset remote controller 13 Lock Button inner located Press this button with a needle of 1mm to lock or unlock the current setting 14 OK button Used to confirm the time setting and modification 15 COOL HEAT inner located Press this button with a needle of 1mm to shift mode between COOL only and COOL amp HEAT Control system 183 V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en During setting backlight will be lightened Factory default mode is COOL amp HEAT 16 ECO Button Activate or turn off economic operation mode It is suggested to turn on this function when sleeping Only available when remote controller is used with corresponding unit 1 1 2 LCD display Temp Transmitting display 4 Time ON OFF Fan speed Notes RM05 BG T E A is able to set the indoor units addresses individually 8 1 1 3 How to set address through Wireless Remote Controller RM05 Press the LOCK button for more than 5 seconds then the controller gets into address setting mode Press the ON OFF button to start transmitting signal in the address setting mode If the transmitting signal icon has been turned on then step can be omitted When working in address setting mode press ON OFF will not turn the controller
293. y cassette Low Static Pressure Duct 140 160 Model High Static Pressure Duct High Static Pressure Duct General Information Model Name MVN28A VA1 MVN36A VA1 MVN45A VA1 MVN56A VA1 MVN71A VA1 MVS22A VA1 MVS28A VA1 MVS36A VA1 MVS45A VA1 MVS56A VA1 MVL18A VA1 MVL22A VA1 MVL28A VA1 MVL36A VA1 MVL45A VA1 MVL56A VA1 MVH71A VA1 MVH80A VA1 MVH90A VA1 MVH112A VA1 MVH140A VA1 MVH160A VA1 MVH400A VA1 MVH450A VA1 MVH560A VA1 External Appearance External Appearance Two way cassette Four way Cassette Type Middle Static Pressure Duct High Static Pressure Duct Ceiling amp Floor Model Name MVT22A VA1 MVT28A VA1 MVT36A VA1 MVT45A VA1 MVT56A VA1 MVT71A VA1 MVC28A VA1 MVC36A VA1 MVC45A VA1 MVC56A VA1 MVC71A VA1 MVC80A VA1 MVC90A VA1 MVC100A VA1 MVC112A VA1 MVC140A VA1 MVM22A VA1 MVM28A VA1 MVM36A VA1 MVM45A VA1 MVM56A VA1 MVM71A VA1 MVM80A VA1 MVM90A VA1 MVM112A VA1 MVM140A VA1 MVH200A VA1 MVH250A VA1 MVH280A VA1 MVX36A VA1 MVX45A VA1 MVX56A VA1 MVX71A VA1 MVX80A VA1 MVX90A VA1 MVX112A VA1 MVX140A VA1 13 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en MVE22A VA1 MVE28A VA1 MVE36A VA1 MVE45A VA1 MVE56A VA1 MVE71A VA1 Exposed floor standing Type MVE80A VA1 MVW22A VA1 MVW28A VA1 MVW36A VA1 MVWA5A VA1 MVW56A VA1 MVW71A VA1 MVD22A VA1 MVD28A VA1 MVD36A VA1 MVD45A VA1 Console The specifications designs and information
294. y of the week Press cancel the selection and to the next step return to the last step is displayed 4 Setthe parameter of period 1 including shutdown time startup time running mode Fan speed and temperature First of all set the startup and shutdown time Press J gt to select the startup time and shutdown time Press to modify the startup and shutdown time Press Cancel to cancel the set of period 1 and return to the last step Press Confirm to save the parameter of the period 1 to the next step Control system 229 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 5 Press to select running mode automatic cool heat Fan only Dry or Off If you select the cool automatic or heat mode press to adjust the temperature the scope is within 17 30 degree Press to regulate Fan speed which can be selected among automatic speed low Speed middle speed and high speed Press cancel the set of period 1 and return to the last step Press Confirm to save the parameter of the period 1 to the next step 6 Finish the weekly timer parameter setting of the air conditioner within period 1 of the day of the week 7 Continually set periods 2 3 4 according to the above operation 8 After finishing the setting of the periods continually select the day of the week needed to be set to set the weekly timer parameter from Monday to Sunday seven days
295. y01 E can connect 1 2 1 CCMO3 64 indoor units and 4 outdoor units Maximum 16 GateWay01 E can be connected to one Modbus network One Modbus network can connect up to 1024 indoor units and 64 outdoor units Transfer the information via the RTU mode lt Wide voltage 12 48V DC adaptable 4 3 1 Network example One Modbus gateway can bridge one refrigerant system with a PC or the Modbus master Indoor Units tim tia fj tra Es Outdoor Units Modbus Modbus Master Gateway Modbus Gateway E t Gateway 244 Control system DM13 01 01 01en MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 4 4 M interface gateway IMM441V4PA512 M INTERFACE gateway is used for querying and controls the air conditioning indoor unit and transmits the status information of the indoor unit to the computer and transmits the controlling and querying orders sent by the computer to the indoor unit M INTERFACE H WEB GATEWAY i 8 M net terminal 0 0 0 1 terminal me OOOO Staus KI Alaem LAN terminal Modem O Console terminal Main power terminal Power ON OFF switch M INTERFACE Gateway has 8 M net terminals 1 LAN terminal 8 M net terminal indication lamps 4 status display lamps Power Status Alarm and Modem and a power switch Connection to the central air conditioning syst
296. ystal Display 5 Follow me function Control system 197 MIV V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A DM13 01 01 01en 2 2 2 Appearance SS SS F 0 2 B HOSEN 10 1 Mode Button The mode is selected in a sequence as the following figure indicates AUTO COOL DRY HEAT FAN HEAT is invalid for COOL ONLY wired controller 2 Timer on Button Press this button to initiate the auto on time Each press will increase the auto on time in 30minutes increments When the setting time displays 10Hr each press will increase the auto on time in 60 minutes increments If want to cancel the TIMER ON then adjust the time of TIMER ON as 0 0 3 Timer off Button Press this button to initiate the auto off time Each press will increase the auto off time in 30minutes increments When the setting time displays 10Hr each press will increase the auto off time in 60 minutes increments If want to cancel the TIMER OFF then adjust the time of TIMER OFF as 0 0 4 Follow me Button When under cooling heating and auto mode press this button follow me function will be active Press again this function will be ineffective 5 Electrical Heater Button If press this button in heating mode electrical heater function become effective 198 Control system DM13 01 01 01en V5 Heat Pump DC Inverter R410A 6 Reset Button hidden Use a small stick

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

PL45 cb 01 / cb 02  EXPEDIENTE: 2006.13.130.ecat.0012 PRESCRIPCIONES TÉCNICAS  Guide du forum - Carrefours pour l`emploi    Manuel d`instructions  Vogel's VFW040  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file